AU2003280130B2 - Mammalian CH1 deleted mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses - Google Patents

Mammalian CH1 deleted mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses Download PDF

Info

Publication number
AU2003280130B2
AU2003280130B2 AU2003280130A AU2003280130A AU2003280130B2 AU 2003280130 B2 AU2003280130 B2 AU 2003280130B2 AU 2003280130 A AU2003280130 A AU 2003280130A AU 2003280130 A AU2003280130 A AU 2003280130A AU 2003280130 B2 AU2003280130 B2 AU 2003280130B2
Authority
AU
Australia
Prior art keywords
deleted mimetibody
drug
chi
polypeptide
mimetibody
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
AU2003280130A
Other versions
AU2003280130A1 (en
Inventor
John Ghrayeb
George A. Heavner
David M. Knight
Karen A. Kutoloski
Thomas C. Nesspor
Bernard J. Scallon
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Janssen Biotech Inc
Original Assignee
Janssen Biotech Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to US39243102P priority Critical
Priority to US60/392,431 priority
Application filed by Janssen Biotech Inc filed Critical Janssen Biotech Inc
Priority to PCT/US2003/020347 priority patent/WO2004002417A2/en
Publication of AU2003280130A1 publication Critical patent/AU2003280130A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of AU2003280130B2 publication Critical patent/AU2003280130B2/en
Application status is Ceased legal-status Critical
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL, OR TOILET PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL, OR TOILET PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/52Constant or Fc region; Isotype
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2318/00Antibody mimetics or scaffolds
    • C07K2318/10Immunoglobulin or domain(s) thereof as scaffolds for inserted non-Ig peptide sequences, e.g. for vaccination purposes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/30Non-immunoglobulin-derived peptide or protein having an immunoglobulin constant or Fc region, or a fragment thereof, attached thereto

Description

MAMMALIAN CHI DELETED MIMETIBODIES, COMPOSITIONS, METHODS AND USES BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION FIELD OF THE INVENTION 5 The present invention relates to mammalian CHI -deleted mimetibodies, specified portions and variants specific for bologically active proteins, fragment or ligands, CHI-deleted mimetibody encoding and complementary nucleic acids, host cells, and methods of making and using thereof, including therapeutic formulations, administration and devices. 10 RELATED ART Any discussion of the prior art throughout the specification should in no way be considered as an admission that such prior art is widely known or forms part of common general knowledge in the field. Recombinant proteins are an emerging class of therapeutic agents. Such 15 recombinant therapeutics have engendered advances in protein formulation and chemical modification. Such modifications can potentially enhance the therapeutic utility of therapeutic proteins, such as by increasing half lives (e.g., by blocking their exposure to proteolytic enzymes), enhancing biological activity, or reducing unwanted side effects. One such modification is the use of immunoglobulin fragments fused to receptor 20 proteins, such as enteracept. Therapeutic proteins have also been constructed using the Fe domain to attempt to provide a longer half-life or to incorporate functions such as Fc receptor binding, protein A binding, and complement fixation. Accordingly, there is a need to provide improved and/or modified versions of therapeutic proteins, which overcome one more of these and other problems known in 25 the art. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION According to a first aspect, the present invention provides at least one CHI deleted mimetibody nucleic acid, comprising at least one polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide according to Formula (I): - Ia (V 1 (n)-Pep(n)-Flex(n)-V2(n)-pHinge(n)-CH2(n)-CH3(n))(m), where V I is at least one portion of an N-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, Pep is at least one bioactive peptide, Flex is polypeptide that provides structural flexablity by allowing the mimietibody to have alternative orientations and binding properties, V2 is at least 5 one portion of a C-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, pHinge is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin variable hinge region, C12 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH2 constant region, CH3 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH3 constant region, n and m can be an integer between I and 10. According to a second aspect, the present invention provides at least one CHlI 10 deleted mimetibody polypeptide, comprising a polypeptide according to Formula (I): (V 1(n)- Pep(n)-Flex(n)-V2(n)-pH inge(n)-C H2(n)-CH3(n))(m), where V I is at least one portion of an N-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, Pep is at least one bioactive peptide selected from SEQ ID NOS: 43-518, Flex is polypeptide that provides structural flexablity by allowing the mimietibody to have alternative 15 orientations and binding properties, V2 is at least one portion of a C-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, pHinge is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin variable hinge region, CH2 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH2 constant region, CI-13 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH3 constant region, n and m can be an integer between I and 10. 20 According to a third aspect, the present invention provides at least one CH lI deleted mimetibody polypeptide, comprising a polypeptide according to Formula (I): (V I (n)-Pep(n)-Flex(n)-V2(n)-pH inge(n)-CH2(n)-CH3(n))(m), where V I is at least one portion of an N-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, Pep is at least one bioactive peptide selected from SEQ ID NOS: 519-1110, Flex is polypeptide that 25 provides structural flexablity by allowing the mimietibody to have alternative orientations and binding properties, V2 is at least one portion of a C-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, pHinge is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin variable hinge region, CH2 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH2 constant region, CH3 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH3 constant region, n and m 30 can be an integer between I and 10. According to a fourth aspect, the present invention provides a CHlI deleted mimetibody antibody, comprising a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody, fusion protein, - ib or fragment thereof, that specifically binds at least one CH lI deleted mimetibody polypeptide according to the first or third aspects. According to a fifth aspect, the present invention provides a CHI deleted mimetibody nucleic acid encoding at least one CHI deleted mimetibody polypeptide or 5 CH lI deleted mimetibody antibody according to the first or fourth aspects. According to a sixth aspect, the present invention provides a CHI deleted mimetibody vector comprising at least one isolated nucleic acid according to the fifth aspect. According to a seventh aspect, the present invention provides a CHlI deleted 10 mimetibody host cell comprising an isolated nucleic acid according to the sixth aspect. According to an eighth aspect, the present invention provides a CH I deleted mirnetibody host cell according to the seventh aspect, wherein said host cell is at least one selected from COS-l, COS-7, H-EK293, BHK21, CHO, BSC-l, Hep G2, 653, SP2/0, 293, NSO, DG44 CHO, CHO KI, HeLa, myelorna, or lymphoma cells, or any 15 derivative, immortalized or transformed cell thereof. According to a ninth aspect, the present invention provides a method for producing at least one CHI deleted mimetibody polypeptide or CHI deleted mimetibody antibody, comprising translating a nucleic acid according to the fifth aspect under conditions in vitro, in vivo or in situ, such that the CH lI deleted mimetibody or antibody 20 is expressed in detectable or recoverable amounts. According to a tenth aspect, the present invention provides a composition comprising at least one CHlI deleted mimetibody nucleic acid, CHI deleted mimetibody polypeptide, or CH lI deleted mimetibody antibody according to any one of the first to fourth aspects. 25 According to an eleventh aspect, the present invention provides a method for diagnosing or treating a CHI deleted mirnetibody ligand related condition in a cell, tissue, organ or animal, comprising (a) contacting or administering a composition comprising an effective amount of at least one CHI deleted mimetibody nucleic acid, polypeptide or antibody 30 according to any one of the first to fourth aspects, with, or to, said cell, tissue, organ or animal. According to a twelfth aspect, the present invention provides a device, comprising at least one isolated CH I deleted mimetibody polypeptide, antibody or - Ie nucleic acid according to any of the first to fourth aspects, wherein said device is suitable for contacting or administering said at least one of said CHI deleted mimetibody polypeptide, antibody or nucleic acid, by at least one mode selected from parenteral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intrarticular, intrabronchial, 5 intraabdominal, intracapsular, intracartilaginous, intracavitary, intracelial, intracelebellar, intracerebroventricular, intracolic, intracervical, intragastric, intrahepatic, intramyocardial, intraosteal, intrapelvic, intrapericardiac, intraperitoneal, intrapleural, intraprostatic, intrapulmonary, intrarectal, intrarenal, intraretinal, intraspinal, intrasynovial, intrathoracic, intrauterine, intravesical, intralesional, bolus, vaginal, rectal, 10 buccal, sublingual, intranasal, or transdermal. According to a thirteenth aspect, the present invention provides an article of manufacture for human pharmaceutical or diagnostic use, comprising packaging material and a container comprising at least one isolated CH I deleted mimetibody polypeptide, antibody or nucleic acid according to any one of the first to fourth aspects. 15 According to a fourteenth aspect, the present invention provides a method for producing at least one isolated CHlI deleted mimetibody polypeptide, antibody or nucleic acid according to any of the first to fourth aspects, comprising providing at least one host cell, transgenic animal, transgenic plant, plant cell capable of expressing in detectable or recoverable amounts said polypeptide, antibody or nucleic acid. 20 According to a fifteenth aspect, the present invention provides at least one CHI deleted mimetibody polypeptide, antibody or nucleic acid, produced by a method according to the fourteenth aspect. Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, throughout the description and the claims, the words "comprise", "comprising", and the like are to be construed in an 25 inclusive sense as opposed to an exclusive or exhaustive sense; that is to say, in the sense of "including, but not limited to". The present invention provides isolated human CH 1-deleted mimetibodies, including modified immunoglobulins, cleavage products and other specified portions and variants thereof, as well as CHl -deleted mimetibody compositions, encoding or 30 complementary nucleic acids, vectors, host cells, compositions, formulations, devices, transgenic animals, transgenic plants, and methods of making and using thereof, as described and/or enabled herein, in combination with what is known in the art.

- Id The present invention also provides at least one isolated CHI -deleted mirmetibody or specified portion or variant as described herein and/or as known in the art. The CHI deleted mimetibody can optionally comprise at least one CH3 region directly linked with at least one CH2 region directly linked with at least one hinge region 5 or fragment thereof directly linked with at least one partial V region, directly linked with an optional linker sequence, directly linked to at least one therapeutic WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 peptide, optionally further directly linked with at least a portion of at least one variable antibody sequence. In a preferred embodiment a pair of a CH3-CH2-hinge-partial J sequence-linker-therapeutic peptide with an option N-terminal antibody sequence, the pair optionally linked by association or covalent linkage, such as, but not limited to, a Cys-Cys disulfide bond. In one embodiment, a CHi 5 deleted mimetibody comprises formula (I): (V1(n)-Pep(n)-Flex(n)-V2(n)-pHinge(n)-CH2(n)-CH3(n))(m), where VI is at least one portion of an N-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, Pep is at least one bioactive peptide, Flex is polypeptide that provides structural flexablity by allowing the mimietibody to have alternative orientations and binding properties, V2 is at least one portion of a C 10 terminus of an iminunoglobulin variable region, pHinge is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin variable hinge region, CH2 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH2 constant region, CH3 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH3 constant region, n and m can be an integer between 1 and 10, mimicing different types of immunoglobulin molecules, e.g., but not limited to IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgD, IgE, and the like, or combination thereof. 15 Thus, a CHI -deleted mimetibody of the present invention mimics at least a portion of an antibody or immnuoglobulin structure or function with its inherent properties and functions, while providing a therapeutic peptide and its inherent or acquired in vitro, in vivo or in situ properties or activities. The various portions of the antibody and therapeutic peptide portions of at least one CHi deleted mimetibody of the present invention can vary as described herein in combinatoin with what is 20 known in the art. At least one CH1 -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the invention mimics the binding of the Pep portion of the mimetibody to at least one ligand, or has at least one biological activity of, at least one protein, subunit, fragment, portion or any combination thereof. The present invention also provides at least one isolated CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified 25 portion or variant as described herein and/or as known in the art, wherein the CHIl-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant has at least one activity, such as, but not limited to known biological activities of at least one bioactive peptide or polypeptide corresponding to the Pep portion of formula . A CHi-deleted mimetibody can thus be screened for a corresponding activity according to known methods, such as at least one neutralizing activity towards a protein or fragment thereof. 30 In one aspect, the present invention provides at least one isolated mammalian CHIl-deleted mimetibody, comprising at least one Pep(n) region comprising at least a bilogically active portion of at least one of SEQ ID NOS: 1-979, or optionally with one or more substitutions, deletions or insertions as described herein and/or as known in the art. In another aspect, the present invention provides at least one isolated mammalian CHI -deleted 35 mimetibody, wherein the CHI-deleted mimetibody specifically binds at least one epitope comprising at 2 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 least 1-3, to the entire amino acid sequence of at least one ligand or binding region which ligand binds to at least a portion of at least one of SEQ ID NOS: 1-1109, or optionally with one or more substitutions, deletions or insertions as described herein or as known in the art. The at least one CH1 -deleted mimetibody can optionally further comprise at least one 5 characteristic selected from (i) bind at least one protein with an affinity of at least 10~9 M, at least 10-10 M, at least 10'11 M, or at least 10-12 M; and/or (ii) substantially neutralize at least one activity of at least one protein or portion thereof. The present invention provides, in one aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising, complementary, having significant identity or hybridizing to, a polynucleotide encoding specific 10 mimetibodies or specified portions or variants thereof, comprising at least one specified sequence, domain, portion or variant thereof. The present invention further provides recombinant vectors comprising at least one of said isolated CH1-deleted mimetibody nucleic acid molecules, host cells containing such nucleic acids and/or recombinant vectors, as well as methods of making and/or using such CHIl-deleted mimetibody nucleic acids, vectors and/or host cells. 15 Also provided is an isolated nucleic acid encoding at least one isolated mammalian CHIl deleted mimetibody; an isolated nucleic acid vector comprising the isolated nucleic acid, and/or a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell comprising the isolated nucleic acid. The host cell can optionally be at least one selected from COS-1, COS-7, HEK293, BHK21, CHO, BSC-1, Hep G2, 653, SP2/0, 293, HeLa, myeloma, or lymphoma cells, or any derivative, immortalized or transformed cell thereof. Also 20 provided is a method for producing at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody, comprising translating the CHI-deleted mimetibody encoding nucleic acid under conditions in vitro, in vivo or in situ, such that the CHl-deleted mimetibody is expressed in detectable or recoverable amounts. The present invention also provides at least one composition comprising (a) an isolated CHI deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant encoding nucleic acid and/or CH1-deleted 25 mimetibody as described herein; and (b) a suitable carrier or diluent. The carrier or diluent can optionally be pharmaceutically acceptable, according to known methods. The composition can optionally further comprise at least one further compound, protein or composition. Also provided is a composition comprising at least one isolated mammalian CHI-deleted mimetibody and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The composition can 30 optionally further comprise an effective amount of at least one compound or protein selected from at least one of a detectable label or reporter, an anti-infective drug, a cardiovascular (CV) system drug, a central nervous system (CNS) drug, an autonomic nervous system (ANS) drug, a respiratory tract drug, a gastrointestinal (GI) tract drug, a hormonal drug, a drug for fluid or electrolyte balance, a hematologic drug, an antineoplactic, an immunomodulation drug, an ophthalmic, otic or nasal drug, a 3 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 topical drug, a nutritional drug, a TNF antagonist, an antirheumatic, a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NTHE), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anethetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial, an antipsoriatic, a corticosteriod, an anabolic steroid, an erythropoietin, an immunization, an immunoglobulin, an immunosuppressive, a growth hormone, a 5 hormone replacement drug, a radiopharmaceutical, an antidepressant, an antipsychotic, a stimulant, an asthma medication, a beta agonist, an inhaled steroid, an epinephrine or analog, a cytokine, or a cytokine antagonist. The present invention further provides at least one anti-idiotype antibody to at least one CHI deleted mimetibody of the present invention. The anti-idiotype antibody includes any protein or 10 peptide containing molecule that comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin molecule, such as but not limited to at least one complimetarity deterring region (CDR) of a heavy or light chain or a ligand binding portion thereof, a heavy chain or light chain variable region, a heavy chain or light chain constant region, a framework region, or any portion thereof, that can be incorporated into a CHIi deleted mimetibody of the present invention. A CHI -deleted mimetibody of the invention can include 15 or be derived from any mammal, such as but not limited to a human, a mouse, a rabbit, a rat, a rodent, a primate, and the like. The present invention further provides an anti-idiotype antibody or fragment that specifically binds at least one CHI deleted mimetibody of the present invention. The present invention provides, in one aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising, 20 complementary, or hybridizing to, a polynucleotide encoding at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody anti-idiotype antibody, comprising at least one specified sequence, domain, portion or variant thereof. The present invention further provides recombinant vectors comprising said CHI-deleted mimetibody anti-idiotype antibody encoding nucleic acid molecules, host cells containing such nucleic acids and/or recombinant vectors, as well as methods of making and/or using such anti-idiotype antiobody nucleic 25 acids, vectors and/or host cells. The present invention also provides at least one method for expressing at least one CHI deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant, or CHI-deleted mimetibody anti-idiotype antibody, in a host cell, comprising culturing a host cell as described herein and/or as known in the art under conditions wherein at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant, or anti 30 idiotype antibody is expressed in detectable and/or recoverable amounts. The present invention further provides at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody, specified portion or variant in a method or composition, when administered in a therapeutically effective amount, for modulation, for treating or reducing the symptoms of at least one of a bone and joint disorder, cardiovascular disoder, a dental or oral disorder, a dermatologic disorder, an ear, nose or throat 35 disorder, an endocrine or metabolic disorder, a gastrointestinal disorder, a gynecologic disorder, a 4 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 hepatic or biliary disorder, a an obstetric disorder, a hematologic disorder, an immunologic or allergic disorder, an infectious disease, a musculoskeletal disorder, a oncologic disorder, a neurologic disorder, a nutritrional disorder, an opthalmologic disorder, a pediatric disorder, a poisoning disorder, a psychiatric disorder, a renal disorder, a pulmonary disorder, or any other known disorder. (See., e.g., 5 The Merck Manual, 17th ed. , Merck Research Laboratories, Merck and Co., Whitehouse Station, NJ (1999), entirely incoporated herein by reference), as needed in many different conditions, such as but not limited to, prior to, subsequent to, or during a related disease or treatment condition, as known in the art. The present invention further provides at least one CHi-deleted mimetibody, specified portion 10 or variant in a method or composition, when administered in a therapeutically effective amount, for modulation, for treating or reducing the symptoms of, at least one immune, cardiovascular, infectious, malignant, and/or neurologic disease in a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient and/or, as needed in many different conditions, such as but not limited to, prior to, subsequent to, or during a related disease or treatment condition, as known in the art and/or as described herein. 15 The present invention also provides at least one composition, device and/or method of delivery of a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of at least one CHi -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant, according to the present invention. The present invention also provides at least one composition comprising (a) an isolated CH1 deleted mimetibody encoding nucleic acid and/or CHI -deleted mimetibody as described herein; and (b) 20 a suitable carrier or diluent. The carrier or diluent can optionally be pharmaceutically acceptable, according to known carriers or diluents. The composition can optionally further comprise at least one further compound, protein or composition. The present invention further provides at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody method or composition, for administering a therapeutically effective amount to modulate or treat at least one 25 protein related condition in a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient and/or, prior to, subsequent to, or during a related condition, as known in the art and/or as described herein. The present invention also provides at least one composition, device and/or method of delivery of a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody, according to the present invention. 30 The present invention further provides at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody method or composition, for diagnosing at least one protein related condition in a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient and/or, prior to, subsequent to, or during a related condition, as known in the art and/or as described herein. The present invention also provides at least one composition, device and/or method of delivery 35 for diagnosing of at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody, according to the present invention. 5 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Also provided is a method for diagnosing or treating a disease condition in a cell, tissue, organ or animal, comprising (a) contacting or administering a composition comprising an effective amount of at least one isolated mammalian CH1l-deleted mimetibody of the invention with, or to, the cell, tissue, organ or 5 animal. The method can optionally further comprise using an effective amount of 0.001-50 mg/kilogram of the cells, tissue, organ or animal. The method can optionally further comprise using the contacting or the administrating by at least one mode selected from parenteral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intrarticular, intrabronchial, intraabdominal, intracapsular, intracartilaginous, intracavitary, intracelial, intracelebellar, intracerebroventricular, intracolic, 10 intracervical, intragastric, intrahepatic, intramyocardial, intraosteal, intrapelvic, intrapericardiac, intraperitoneal, intrapleural, intraprostatic, intrapulmonary, intrarectal, intrarenal, intraretinal, intraspinal, intrasynovial, intrathoracic, intrauterine, intravesical, bolus, vaginal, rectal, buccal, sublingual, intranasal, or transdermal. The method can optionally further comprise administering, prior, concurrently or after the (a) contacting or administering, at least one composition comprising an 15 effective amount of at least one compound or protein selected from at least one of a detectable label or reporter, an anti-infective drug, a cardiovascular (CV) system drug, a central nervous system (CNS) drug, an autonomic nervous system (ANS) drug, a respiratory tract drug, a gastrointestinal (GI) tract drug, a hormonal drug, a drug for fluid or electrolyte balance, a hematologic drug, an antineoplactic, an immunomodulation drug, an ophthalmic, otic or nasal drug, a topical drug, a nutritional drug, a TNF 20 antagonist, an antirheumatic, a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anethetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial, an antipsoriatic, a corticosteriod, an anabolic steroid, an erythropoietin, an immunization, an immunoglobulin, an immunosuppressive, a growth hormone, a hormone replacement drug, a radiopharmaceutical, an antidepressant, an antipsychotic, a stimulant, an asthma medication, a 25 beta agonist, an inhaled steroid, an epinephrine or analog, a cytokine, or a cytokine antagonist. Also provided is a medical device, comprising at least one isolated mammalian CHi-deleted mimetibody of the invention, wherein the device is suitable to contacting or administerting the at least one CHI -deleted mimetibody by at least one mode selected from parenteral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intrarticular, intrabronchial, intraabdominal, intracapsular, 30 intracartilaginous, intracavitary, intracelial, intracelebellar, intracerebroventricular, intracolic, intracervical, intragastric, intrahepatic, intramyocardial, intraosteal, intrapelvic, intrapericardiac, intraperitoneal, intrapleural, intraprostatic, intrapulmonary, intrarectal, intrarenal, intraretinal, intraspinal, intrasynovial, intrathoracic, intrauterine, intravesical, bolus, vaginal, rectal, buccal, sublingual, intranasal, or transdermal. 35 Also provided is an article of manufacture for human pharmaceutical or diagnostic use, 6 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 comprising packaging material and a container comprising a solution or a lyophilized form of at least one isolated mammalian CH1-deleted mimetibody of the present invention. The article of manufacture can optionally comprise having the container as a component of a parenteral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intrarticular, intrabronchial, intraabdominal, intracapsular, 5 intracartilaginous, intracavitary, intracelial, intracelebellar, intracerebroventricular, intracolic, intracervical, intragastric, intrahepatic, intramyocardial, intraosteal, intrapelvic, intrapericardiac, intraperitoneal, intrapleural, intraprostatic, intrapulmonary, intrarectal, intrarenal, intraretinal, intraspinal, intrasynovial, intrathoracic, intrauterine, intravesical, bolus, vaginal, rectal, buccal, sublingual, intranasal, or transdermal delivery device or system. 10 Also provided is a method for producing at least one isolated mammalian CH1-deleted mimetibody of the present invention, comprising providing a host cell or transgenic animal or transgenic plant or plant cell capable of expressing in recoverable amounts the CHI -deleted mimetibody. Further provided in the present invention is at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody produced by the above method. 15 The present invention further provides any invention described herein. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The present invention provides isolated, recombinant and/or synthetic mimetibodies or specified portions or variants, as well as compositions and encoding nucleic acid molecules comprising at least one polynucleotide encoding at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody. Such mimetibodies or 20 specified portions or variants of the present invention comprise specific CHl-deleted mimetibody sequences, domains, fragments and specified variants thereof. The present invention also provides methods of making and using said nucleic acids and mimetibodies or specified portions or variants, including therapeutic compositions, methods and devices. The present invention also provides at least one isolated CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified 25 portion or variant as described herein and/or as known in the art. The CHi deleted mimetibody can optionally comprise at least one CH3 region directly linked with at least one CH2 region directly linked with at least one hinge region or fragment thereof directly linked with at least one partial V region, directly linked with an optional linker sequence, directly linked to at least one therapeutic peptide, optionally further directly linked with at least a portion of at least one variable antibody 30 sequence. In a preferred embodiment a CHI deleted mimetibody comprises formula (I): (VI (n)-Pep(n)-Flex(n)-V2(n)-pHinge(n)-CH2(n)-CH3 (n))(m), 7 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 where VI is at least one portion of an N-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, Pep is at least one bioactive peptide, Flex is polypeptide that provides structural flexablity by allowing the mimietibody to have alternative orientations and binding properties, V2 is at least one portion of a C terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, pHinge is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin 5 variable hinge region, CH2 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH2 constant region, CH3 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH3 constant region, n and m can be an integer between 1 and 10, mimicing different types of immunoglobulin molecules, e.g., but not limited to IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgD, IgE, and the like, or combination thereof. The monomer where m=1 can be linked to other monomers by association or covalent linkage, such as, but not limited to, a Cys-Cys disulfide 10 bond. Thus, a CHl-deleted mimetibody of the present invention mimics an antibody structure with its inherent properties and functions, while providing a therapeutic peptide and its inherent or acquired in vitro, in vivo or in situ properties or activities. The various portions of the antibody and therapeutic peptide portions of at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody of the present invention can vary as described herein in combinatoin with what is known in the art. 15 As used herein, a "CHl-deleted mimetibody," "CHI-deleted mimetibody portion," or "CHI deleted mimetibody fragment" and/or "CH1-deleted mimetibody variant" and the like mimics, has or simulates at least one ligand binding or at least one biological activity of at least one protein, such as but not limited to at least one biologically active portion of at least one of SEQ ID NOS: 1-979, in vitro, in situ and/or preferably in vivo. For example, a suitable CHI-deleted mimetibody, specified portion or 20 variant of the present invention can bind at least one protein ligand and includes at least one protein ligand, receptor, soluble receptor, and the like. A suitable CHi-deleted mimetibody, specified portion, or variant can also modulate, increase, modify, activate, at least one protein receptor signaling or other measurable or detectable activity. Mimetibodies useful in the methods and compositions of the present invention are 25 characterized by suitable affinity binding to protein ligands or receptors and optionally and preferably having low toxicity. In particular, a CHl-deleted mimetibody, where the individual components, such as the portion of variable region, constant region (without a CHI portion) and framework, or any portion thereof (e.g., a portion of the J, D or V rgions of the variable heavy or light chain; the hinge region, the constant heavy chain or light chain, and the like) individually and/or collectively optionally 30 and preferably possess low immunogenicity, is useful in the present invention. The mimetibodies that can be used in the invention are optionally characterized by their ability to treat patients for extended periods with good to excellent alleviation of symptoms and low toxicity. Low immunogenicity and/or high affinity, as well as other undefined properties, may contribute to the therapeutic results achieved. "Low immunogenicity" is defined herein as raising significant HAMA, HACA or HAHA responses in 35 less than about 75%, or preferably less than about 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 35, 20, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 8 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 and/or 1 % of the patients treated and/or raising low titres in the patient treated (less than about 300, preferably less than about 100 measured with a double antigen enzyme immunoassay) (see, e.g., Elliott et al., Lancet 344:1125-1127 (1994)). Utility 5 The isolated nucleic acids of the present invention can be used for production of at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody, fragment or specified variant thereof, which can be used to effect in an cell, tissue, organ or animal (including mammals and humans), to modulate, treat, alleviate, help prevent the incidence of, or reduce the symptoms of, at least one protein related condition, selected from, but not limited to, at least one of an immune disorder or disease, a cardiovascular disorder or disease, an 10 infectious, malignant, and/or neurologic disorder or disease, an anemia; an immune/autoimmune; and/or an cancerous/infecteous, as well as other known or specified protein related conditions. Such a method can comprise administering an effective amount of a composition or a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant to a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient in need of such modulation, treatment, alleviation, 15 prevention, or reduction in symptoms, effects or mechanisms. The effective amount can comprise an amount of about 0.0001 to 500 mg/kg per single or multiple administration, or to achieve a serum concentration of 0.0001-5000 pg/ml serum concentration per single or multiple adminstration, or any effective range or value therein, as done and determined using known methods, as described herein or known in the relevant arts. 20 Citations All publications or patents cited herein are entirely incorporated herein by reference as they show the state of the art at the time of the present invention and/or to provide description and enablement of the present invention. Publications refer to any scientific or patent publications, or any other information available in any media format, including all recorded, electronic or printed formats. 25 The following references are entirely incorporated herein by reference: Ausubel, et al., ed., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY, NY (1987-2002); Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2 "d Edition, Cold Spring Harbor, NY (1989); Harlow and Lane, Antibodies, a Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor, NY (1989); Colligan, et al., eds., Current Protocols in Immunology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY (1994-2002); Colligan et al., Current Protocols 30 in Protein Science, John Wiley & Sons, NY, NY, (1997-2002). Mimetibodies of the Present Invention The CHI deleted mimetibody can comprise at least one CH3 region directly linked with at least one CH2 region directly linked with at least one hinge region or fragment thereof directly linked with at least one partial V region, directly linked with an optional linker sequence, directly linked to at 9 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 least one therapeutic peptide, optionally further directly linked with at least a portion of at least one variable antibody sequence. In a preferred embodiment of a pair of a CH3-CH2-hinge-partial J sequence-linker-therapeutic peptide with an option N-terminal antibody sequence, the pair can be linked by association or covalent linkage, such as, but not limited to, a Cys-Cys disulfide bond. Thus, 5 a CHl-deleted mimetibody of the present invention mimics an antibody structure with its inherent properties and functions, while providing a therapeutic peptide and its inherent or acquired in vitro, in vivo or in situ properties or activities. The various portions of the antibody and therapeutic peptide portions of at least one CHi-deleted mimetibody of the present invention can vary as described herein in combinatoin with what is known in the art. 10 In particular, mimetibodies comprise at least one ligand binding region (LBR) that corresponds to at least one portion of at least one complementarity determining region (CDR, e.g., CDR1, CDR2 or CDR3 of HC or LC variable region) of at least one antibody or fragment or portion thereof where at least one ligand protein is inserted into or replaces at least a portion of at least one CDR of the antibody or portion thereof. Such mimetibodies of the present invention thus provide at least one 15 suitable property as compared to known proteins, such as, but not limited to, at least one of increased half-life, increased activity, more specific activity, increased avidity, increased or decreased off rate, a selected or more suitable subset of activities, less immungenicity, increased quality or duration of at least one desired therapeutic effect, less side effects, and the like. Such fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage, synthetic or recombinant techniques, 20 as known in the art and/or as described herein. For example, papain or pepsin cleavage can generate CHI-deleted mimetibody Fab or F(ab') 2 fragments, respectively. Other proteases with the requisite substrate specificity can also be used to generate Fab or F(ab') 2 fragments or portions thereof. Mimetibodies can also be produced in a variety of truncated forms using antibody genes in which one or more stop codons have been introduced upstream of the natural stop site. For example, a chimeric 25 gene encoding a F(ab') 2 heavy chain portion can be designed to include DNA sequences encoding the CHi domain and/or hinge region of the heavy chain. The various portions of mimetibodies can be joined together chemically by conventional techniques, or can be prepared as a contiguous protein using genetic engineering techniques. For example, a nucleic acid encoding the variable and constant regions of a human antibody chain can be expressed to produce a contiguous protein for use in 30 mimetibodies of the present invention. See, e.g., Ladner et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778 and Bird, R.E. et al., Science, 242: 423-426 (1988), regarding single chain antibodies. As used herein, the term "human mimetibody" refers to an antibody in which substantially every part of the protein (e.g., LBR, framework, CL, CH domains (e.g., CHI, CH2, CH 3 ), hinge, (VL, VH)) is expected to be substantially non-immunogenic, with only minor sequence changes or variations. 35 Such changes or variations optionally and preferably retain or reduce the immunogenicity in humans 10 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 relative to non-modified human antibodies, or mimetibodies of the prsent invention. Thus, a human antibody and corresponding CHI-deleted mimetibody of the present invention is distinct from a chimeric or humanized antibody. It is pointed out that a human antibody and CHI-deleted mimetibody can be produced by a non-human animal or cell that is capable of expressing functionally rearranged 5 human immunoglobulin (e.g., heavy chain and/or light chain) genes, and for a CHI-deleted mimetibody, wherein at least one Ig CDR is replaced by an LBR of at least one ligand protein or fragment. Human mimetibodies that are specific for at least one protein ligand or receptor thereof can be designed against an appropriate ligand, such as isolated and/or protein receptor or ligand, or a portion 10 thereof (including synthetic molecules, such as synthetic peptides). Preparation of such mimetibodies are performed using known techniques to identify and characterize ligand binding regions or sequences of at least one protein or portion thereof. In a preferred embodiment a CH deleted mimetibody comprises formula (I): (V1(n)-Pep(n)-Flex(n)-V2(n)-pHinge(n)-CH2(n)-CH3(n))(m), 15 where V 1 is at least one portion of an N-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, Pep is at least one bioactive peptide, Flex is polypeptide that provides structural flexablity by allowing the mimietibody to have alternative orientations and binding properties, V2 is at least one portion of a C terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, pHinge is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin variable hinge region, CH2 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH2 constant region, CH3 is at 20 least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH3 constant region, n and m can be an integer between 1 and 10, mimicing different types of immunoglobulin molecules, e.g., but not limited to IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgD, IgE, and the like, or combination thereof. The monomer where m=1 can be linked to other monomers by association or covalent linkage, such as, but not limited to, a Cys-Cys disulfide bond. 25 In a preferred embodiment, at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present invention is produced by at least one cell line, mixed cell line, immortalized cell or clonal population of immortalized and/or cultured cells. Immortalized protein producing cells can be produced using suitable methods. Preferably, the at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant is generated by providing nucleic acid or vectors comprising DNA derived or having 30 a substantially similar sequence to, at least one human immunoglobulin locus that is functionally rearranged, or which can undergo functional rearrangement, and which further comprises a mimetibody structure as described herein, e.g., but not limited to Formula (I), wherein known portions of :C- and N termiinal variable regions can be used for V 1 and V2, hinge regions for pHinge, CH2 for CH2 and CH3 for CH3, as known in the art. 11~ WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 The term "functionally rearranged," as used herein refers to a segment of nucleic acid from an immunoglobulin locus that has undergone V(D)J recombination, thereby producing an immunoglobulin gene that encodes an immunoglobulin chain (e.g., heavy chain, light chain), or any portion thereof. A functionally rearranged immunoglobulin gene can be directly or indirectly identified using suitable 5 methods, such as, for example, nucleotide sequencing, hybridization (e.g., Southern blotting, Northern blotting) using probes that can anneal to coding joints between gene segments or enzymatic amplification of immunoglobulin genes (e.g., polymerase chain reaction) with primers that can anneal to coding joints between gene segments. Whether a cell produces an CHi-deleted mimetibody or portion or variant comprising a particular variable region or a variable region comprising a particular 10 sequence (e.g., at least one Pep sequence can also be determined using suitable methods. Mimetibodies, specified portions and variants of the present invention can also be prepared using at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant encoding nucleic acid to provide transgenic animals or mammals, such as goats, cows, horses, sheep, and the like, that produce such mimetibodies or specified portions or variants in their milk. Such animals can be provided using 15 known methods as applied for antibody encoding sequences. See, e.g., but not limited to, US patent nos. 5,827,690; 5,849,992; 4,873,316; 5,849,992; 5,994,616; 5,565,362; 5,304,489, and the like, each of which is entirely incorporated herein by reference. Mimetibodies, specified portions and variants of the present invention can additionally be prepared using at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant encoding nucleic 20 acid to provide transgenic plants and cultured plant cells (e.g., but not limited to tobacco and maize) that produce such mimetibodies, specified portions or variants in the plant parts or in cells cultured therefrom. As a non-limiting example, transgenic tobacco leaves expressing recombinant proteins have been successfully used to provide large amounts of recombinant proteins, e.g., using an inducible promoter. See, e.g., Cramer et al., Curr. Top. Microbol. Immunol. 240:95-118 (1999) and references 25 cited therein. Also, transgenic maize have been used to express mammalian proteins at commercial production levels, with biological activities equivalent to those produced in other recombinant systems or purified from natural sources. See, e.g., Hood et al., Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 464:127-147 (1999) and references cited therein. Antibodies have also been produced in large amounts from transgenic plant seeds including antibody fragments, such as single chain mimetibodies (scFv's), including tobacco 30 seeds and potato tubers. See, e.g., Conrad et al., Plant Mol. Biol. 38:101-109 (1998) and references cited therein. Thus, mimetibodies, specified portions and variants of the present invention can also be produced using transgenic plants, according to know methods. See also, e.g., Fischer et al., Biotechnol. Apple. Biochem. 30:99-108 (Oct., 1999), Ma et al., Trends Biotechnol. 13:522-7 (1995); Ma et al., Plant Physiol. 109:341-6 (1995); Whitelam et al., Biochem. Soc. Trans. 22:940-944 (1994); and references 35 cited therein. The above references are entirely incorporated herein by reference. 12 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 The mimetibodies of the invention can bind human protein ligands with a wide range of affinities (KD). In a preferred embodiment, at least one human CHI-deleted mimetibody of the present invention can optionally bind at least one protein ligand with high affinity. For example, at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody of the present invention can bind at least one protein ligand with a KD equal 5 to or less than about 10~9 M or, more preferably, with a KD equal to or less than about 0.1-9.9 (or any range or value therein) X 10- M, 1011, 10-12 , 1013 or any range or value therein. The affinity or avidity of a CHI-deleted mimetibody for at least one protein ligand can be determined experimentally using any suitable method, e.g., as used for determing antibody-antigen binding affinity or avidity. (See, for example, Berzofsky, et al., "Antibody-Antigen Interactions," In 10 Fundamental Immunology, Paul, W. E., Ed., Raven Press: New York, NY (1984); Kuby, Janis Immunology, W. H. Freeman and Company: New York, NY (1992); and methods described herein). The measured affinity of a particular CHI -deleted mimetibody-ligand interaction can vary if measured under different conditions (e.g., salt concentration, pH). Thus, measurements of affinity and other ligand-binding parameters (e.g., KD, Ka, Kd) are preferably made with standardized solutions of Gil 15 deleted mimetibody and ligand, and a standardized buffer, such as the buffer described herein. Nucleic Acid Molecules Using the information provided herein, such as the nucleotide sequences encoding at least 90 100% of the contiguous amino acids of at least one of SEQID NOS:1-1009 as well as at least one portion of an antibody, wherein the above sequences are inserted as the Pep sequence of Formula (I) to 20 provide a CHi-deleted mimetibody of the present invention, further comprising specified fragments, variants or consensus sequences thereof, or a deposited vector comprising at least one of these sequences, a nucleic acid molecule of the present invention encoding at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant can be obtained using methods described herein or as known in the art. 25 Nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can be in the form of RNA, such as mRNA, hnRNA, tRNA or any other form, or in the form of DNA, including, but not limited to, cDNA and genomic DNA obtained by cloning or produced synthetically, or any combination thereof. The DNA can be triple-stranded, double-stranded or single-stranded, or any combination thereof. Any portion of at least one strand of the DNA or RNA can be the coding strand, also known as the sense strand, or it 30 can be the non-coding strand, also referred to as the anti-sense strand. Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can include nucleic acid molecules comprising an open reading frame (ORF), optionally with one or more introns, nucleic acid molecules comprising the coding sequence for a CHl-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant; and nucleic acid molecules which comprise a nucleotide sequence substantially different from those 35 described above but which, due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, still encode at least one CH1 13 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 deleted mimetibody as described herein and/or as known in the art. Of course, the genetic code is well known in the art. Thus, it would be routine for one skilled in the art to generate such degenerate nucleic acid variants that code for specific CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variants of the present invention. See, e.g., Ausubel, et al., supra, and such nucleic acid variants are included in 5 the present invention. As indicated herein, nucleic acid molecules of the present invention which comprise a nucleic acid encoding a CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant can include, but are not limited to, those encoding the amino acid sequence of a CHI-deleted mimetibody fragment, by itself; the coding sequence for the entire CHI -deleted mimetibody or a portion thereof; the coding sequence 10 for a CH1-deleted mimetibody, fragment or portion, as well as additional sequences, such as the coding sequence of at least one signal leader or fusion peptide, intron, non-coding 5' and 3' sequences, such as the transcribed, non-translated sequences that play a role in transcription, mRNA processing, including splicing and polyadenylation signals (for example - ribosome binding and stability of mRNA); an additional coding sequence that codes for additional amino acids, such as those that provide additional 15 functionalities. Thus, the sequence encoding a CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant can be fused to a marker sequence, such as a sequence encoding a peptide that facilitates purification of the fused CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant comprising a C1-deleted mimetibody fragment or portion. Polynucleotides Which Selectively Hybridize to a Polynucleotide as Described Herein 20 The present invention provides isolated nucleic acids that hybridize under selective hybridization conditions to a polynucleotide disclosed herein, or others disclosed herein, including specified variants or portions thereof. Thus, the polynucleotides of this embodiment can be used for isolating, detecting, and/or quantifying nucleic acids comprising such polynucleotides. 25 Low or moderate stringency hybridization conditions are typically, but not exclusively, employed with sequences having a reduced sequence identity relative to complementary sequences. Moderate and high stringency conditions can optionally be employed for sequences of greater identity. Low stringency conditions allow selective hybridization of sequences having about 40-99% sequence identity and can be employed to identify orthologous or paralogous sequences. 30 Optionally, polynucleotides of this invention will encode at least a portion of a CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant encoded by the polynucleotides described herein. The polynucleotides of this invention embrace nucleic acid sequences that can be employed for selective hybridization to a polynucleotide encoding a CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present invention. See, e.g., Ausubel, supra; Colligan, supra, each entirely incorporated herein by 35 reference. 14 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Construction of Nucleic Acids The isolated nucleic acids of the present invention can be made using (a) recombinant methods, (b) synthetic techniques, (c) purification techniques, or combinations thereof, as well-known in the art. The nucleic acids can conveniently comprise sequences in addition to a polynucleotide of the 5 present invention. For example, a multi-cloning site comprising one or more endonuclease restriction sites can be inserted into the nucleic acid to aid in isolation of the polynucleotide. Also, translatable sequences can be inserted to aid in the isolation of the translated polynucleotide of the present invention. For example, a hexa-histidine marker sequence provides a convenient means to purify the proteins of the present invention. The nucleic acid of the present invention - excluding the coding sequence - is 10 optionally a vector, adapter, or linker for cloning and/or expression of a polynucleotide of the present invention. Additional sequences can be added to such cloning and/or expression sequences to optimize their function in cloning and/or expression, to aid in isolation of the polynucleotide, or to improve the introduction of the polynucleotide into a cell. Use of cloning vectors, expression vectors, adapters, and 15 linkers is well known in the art. See, e.g., Ausubel, supra; or Sambrook, supra. Recombinant Methods for Constructing Nucleic Acids The isolated nucleic acid compositions of this invention, such as RNA, cDNA, genomic DNA, or any combination thereof, can be obtained from biological sources using any number of cloning methodologies known to those of skill in the art. In some embodiments, oligonucleotide probes that 20 selectively hybridize, under suitable stringency conditions, to the polynucleotides of the present invention are used to identify the desired sequence in a cDNA or genomic DNA library. The isolation of RNA, and construction of cDNA and genomic libraries, is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, supra; or Sambrook, supra). Synthetic Methods for Constructing Nucleic Acids 25 The isolated nucleic acids of the present invention can also be prepared by direct chemical synthesis by known methods (see, e.g., Ausubel, et al., supra). Chemical synthesis generally produces a single-stranded oligonucleotide, which can be converted into double-stranded DNA by hybridization with a complementary sequence, or by polymerization with a DNA polymerase using the single strand as a template. One of skill in the art will recognize that while chemical synthesis of DNA can be limited to 30 sequences of about 100 or more bases, longer sequences can be obtained by the ligation of shorter sequences. Recombinant Expression Cassettes The present invention further provides recombinant expression cassettes comprising a nucleic acid of the present invention. A nucleic acid sequence of the present invention, for example a cDNA or a 35 genomic sequence encoding a CHl-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present 15 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 invention, can be used to construct a recombinant expression cassette that can be introduced into at least one desired host cell. A recombinant expression cassette will typically comprise a polynucleotide of the present invention operably linked to transcriptional initiation regulatory sequences that will direct the transcription of the polynucleotide in the intended host cell. Both heterologous and non-heterologous 5 (i.e., endogenous) promoters can be employed to direct expression of the nucleic acids of the present invention. In some embodiments, isolated nucleic acids that serve as promoter, enhancer, or other elements can be introduced in the appropriate position (upstream, downstream or in intron) of a non-heterologous form of a polynucleotide of the present invention so as to up or down regulate expression of a 10 polynucleotide of the present invention. For example, endogenous promoters can be altered in vivo or in vitro by mutation, deletion and/or substitution, as known in the art. A polynucleotide of the present invention can be expressed in either sense or anti-sense orientation as desired. It will be appreciated that control of gene expression in either sense or anti-sense orientation can have a direct impact on the observable characteristics. Another method of suppression is sense suppression. Introduction of nucleic 15 acid configured in the sense orientation has been shown to be an effective means by which to block the transcription of target genes. Vectors And Host Cells The present invention also relates to vectors that include isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, host cells that are genetically engineered with the recombinant vectors, and the 20 production of at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant by recombinant techniques, as is well known in the art. See, e.g., Sambrook, et al., supra; Ausubel, et al., supra, each entirely incorporated herein by reference. The polynucleotides can optionally be joined to a vector containing a selectable marker for propagation in a host. Generally, a plasmid vector is introduced into a cell using suitable known 25 methods, such as electroporation and the like, other known methods include the use of the vector as a precipitate, such as a calcium phosphate precipitate, or in a complex with a charged lipid. If the vector is a virus, it can be packaged in vitro using an appropriate packaging cell line and then transduced into host cells. The DNA insert should be operatively linked to an appropriate promoter. The expression 30 constructs will further contain sites optionally for at least one of transcription initiation, termination and, in the transcribed region, a ribosome binding site for translation. The coding portion of the mature transcripts expressed by the constructs will preferably include a translation initiating at the beginning and a termination codon (e.g., UAA, UGA or UAG) appropriately positioned at the end of the mRNA to be translated, with UAA and UAG preferred for mammalian or eukaryotic cell expression. 16 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Expression vectors will preferably but optionally include at least one selectable marker. Such markers include, e.g., but not limited to, methotrexate (MTX), dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR, US Pat.Nos. 4,399,216; 4,634,665; 4,656,134; 4,956,288; 5,149,636; 5,179,017, ampicillin, neomycin (G418), mycophenolic acid, or glutamine synthetase (GS, US Pat.Nos. 5,122,464; 5,770,359; 5 5,827,739) resistance for eukaryotic cell culture, and tetracycline or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria or prokaryotics (the above patents are entirely incorporated hereby by reference). Appropriate culture mediums and conditions for the above-described host cells are known in the art. Suitable vectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan. Introduction of a vector construct into a host cell can be effected by calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dextran 10 mediated transfection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, infection or other known methods. Such methods are described in the art, such as Sambrook, supra, Chapters 1-4 and 16-18; Ausubel, supra, Chapters 1, 9, 13, 15, 16. At least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present invention can be expressed in a modified form, such as a fusion protein, and can include not only secretion 15 signals, but also additional heterologous functional regions. For instance, a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged amino acids, can be added to the N-terminus of a CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant to improve stability and persistence in the host cell, during purification, or during subsequent handling and storage. Also, peptide moieties can be added to a CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present invention to facilitate purification. Such 20 regions can be removed prior to final preparation of a CHi-deleted mimetibody or at least one fragment thereof. Such methods are described in many standard laboratory manuals, such as Sambrook, supra, Chapters 17.29-17.42 and 18.1-18.74; Ausubel, supra, Chapters 16, 17 and 18. Those of ordinary skill in the art are knowledgeable in the numerous expression systems available for expression of a nucleic acid encoding a protein of the present invention. 25 Illustrative of cell cultures useful for the production of the mimetibodies, specified portions or variants thereof, are mammalian cells. Mammalian cell systems often will be in the form of monolayers of cells although mammalian cell suspensions or bioreactors can also be used. A number of suitable host cell lines capable of expressing intact glycosylated proteins have been developed in the art, and include the COS-1 (e.g., ATCC CRL 1650), COS-7 (e.g., ATCC CRL-165 1), HEK293, BHK21 (e.g., ATCC 30 CRL-10), CHO (e.g., ATCC CRL 1610) and BSC-1 (e.g., ATCC CRL-26) cell lines, hepG2 cells, P3X63Ag8.653, SP2/0-Agl4, 293 cells, HeLa cells and the like, which are readily available from, for example, American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va. Preferred host cells include cells of lymphoid origin such as myeloma and lymphoma cells. Particularly preferred host cells are P3X63Ag8.653 cells (ATCC Accession Number CRL-1580) and SP2/0-Agl4 cells (ATCC Accession 17 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Number CRL-1851). In a particularly preferred embodiment, the recombinant cell is a P3X63Ab8.653 or a SP2/0-Ag14 cell. Expression vectors for these cells can include one or more of the following expression control sequences, such as, but not limited to an origin of replication; a promoter (e.g., late or early SV40 5 promoters, the CMV promoter (US Pat.Nos. 5,168,062; 5,385,839), an HSV tk promoter, a pgk (phosphoglycerate kinase) promoter, an EF-1 alpha promoter (US Pat.No. 5,266,491), at least one human immunoglobulin promoter; an enhancer, and/or processing information sites, such as ribosome binding sites, RNA splice sites, polyadenylation sites (e.g., an SV40 large T Ag poly A addition site), and transcriptional terminator sequences. See, e.g., Ausubel et al., supra; Sambrook, et al., supra. Other cells 10 useful for production of nucleic acids or proteins of the present invention are known and/or available, for instance, from the American Type Culture Collection Catalogue of Cell Lines and Hybridomas (www.atce.org) or other known or commercial sources. When eukaryotic host cells are employed, polyadenlyation or transcription terminator sequences are typically incorporated into the vector. An example of a terminator sequence is the polyadenlyation 15 sequence from the bovine growth hormone gene. Sequences for accurate splicing of the transcript can also be included. An example of a splicing sequence is the VP1 intron from SV40 (Sprague, et al., J. Virol. 45:773-781 (1983)). Additionally, gene sequences to control replication in the host cell can be incorporated into the vector, as known in the art. Purification of an CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant Thereof 20 A CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by well-known methods including, but not limited to, protein A purification, ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. High performance liquid chromatography 25 ("HPLC") can also be employed for purification. See, e.g., Colligan, Current Protocols in Immunology, or Current Protocols in Protein Science, John Wiley & Sons, NY, NY, (1997-2002), e.g., Chapters 1, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, each entirely incorporated herein by reference. Mimetibodies or specified portions or variants of the present invention include naturally purified products, products of chemical synthetic procedures, and products produced by recombinant 30 techniques from a eukaryotic host, including, for example, yeast, higher plant, insect and mammalian cells. Depending upon the host employed in a recombinant production procedure, the CHl-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present invention can be glycosylated or can be non glycosylated, with glycosylated preferred. Such methods are described in many standard laboratory manuals, such as Sambrook, supra, Sections 17.37-17.42; Ausubel, supra, Chapters 10, 12, 13, 16, 18 35 and 20, Colligan, Protein Science, supra, Chapters 12-14, all entirely incorporated herein by reference. 18 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 MIMETIBODIES, SPECIFIED FRAGMENTS AND/OR VARIANTS The isolated mimetibodies of the present invention comprise a CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant encoded by any one of the polynucleotides of the present invention as discussed more fully herein, or any isolated or prepared CHIl-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or 5 variant thereof. Preferably, the CHI -deleted mimetibody or ligand-binding portion or variant binds at least one protein ligand or receptor, and, thereby provides at least one biological activity of the corresponding protein or a fragment thereof. Different therapeutically or diagnostically significant proteins are well known in the art and suitable assays or biological activities of such proteins are also well known in the art. 10 The following is a general discussion of the variety of proteins, peptides and biological molecules that may be used in the in accordance with the teachings herein. These descriptions do not serve to limit the scope of the invention, but rather illustrate the breadth of the invention. Thus, an embodiment of the present invention may target one or more growth factors, or, conversely, derive the target-binding moiety from one or more growth factors. Briefly, growth factors 15 are hormones or cytokine proteins that bind to receptors on the cell surface, with the primary result of activating cellular proliferation and/or differentiation. Many growth factors are quite versatile, stimulating cellular division in numerous different cell types; while others are specific to a particular cell-type. The following Table 1 presents several factors, but is not intended to be comprehensive or complete, yet introduces some of the more commonly known factors and their principal activities. 20 Table 1: Growth Factors Factor Principal Source Primary Activity Comments Platelet Derived Platelets, endothelial Promotes proliferation of Dimer required for Growth Factor cells, placenta. connective tissue, glial and receptor binding. (PDGF) smooth muscle cells. PDGF Two different protein receptor has intrinsic tyrosine chains, A and B, kinase activity. form 3 distinct dimer forms. Epidermal Submaxillary gland, promotes proliferation of EGF receptor has Growth Factor Brunners gland. mesenchymal, glial and tyrosine kinase (EGF) epithelial cells. activity, activated in response to EGF binding. Fibroblast Growth Wide range of cells; Promotes proliferation of Four distinct Factor (FGF) protein is associated with many cells including skeletal receptors, all with the ECM; nineteen family and nervous system; inhibits tyrosine kinase members. Receptors some stem cells; induces activity. FGF widely distributed in mesodermal differentiation. implicated in mouse bone, implicated in Non-proliferative effects mammary tumors and several bone-related include regulation of pituitary Kaposi's sarcoma. diseases. and ovarian cell function. 19 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Factor Principal Source Primary Activity Comments NGF Promotes neurite outgrowth Several related and neural cell survival. proteins first identified as proto oncogenes; trkA (trackA), trkB, trkC. Erythropoietin Kidney. Promotes proliferation and Also considered a (Epo) differentiation of erythrocytes. 'blood protein,' and a colony stimulating factor. Transforming Common in transformed Potent keratinocyte growth Related to EGF. Growth Factor a cells, found in factor. (TGF-a) macrophages and keratinocytes. Transforming Tumor cells, activated Anti-inflammatory (suppresses Large family of Growth Factor v TH 1 cells (T-helper) and cytokine production and class proteins including (TGF-b) natural killer (NK) cells. H MIIC expression), activin, inhibin and proliferative effects on many bone morpho-genetic mesenchymal and epithelial protein. Several cell types, may inhibit classes and macrophage and lymphocyte subclasses of cell proliferation surface receptors. Insulin-Like Primarily liver, produced Promotes proliferation of Related to IGF-es and Growth Factor-I in response to Gi and many cell types, autocrine and proinsulin, also (IGF-I) then induces subsequent paracrine activities in addition called Somatomedin cellular activities, to the initially observed C. IGF-I receptor, particularly on bone endocrine activities on bone. like the insulin growth. receptor, has intrinsic tyrosine kinase activity. IGF-I can bind to the insulin receptor. Insulin-Like Expressed almost Promotes proliferation of IGF-11 receptor is Growth Factor-il exclusively in embryonic many cell types primarily of identical to the (10G7-11) and neonatal tissues. fetal origin. Related to IGF-I mannose-6-phosphate and proinsulin. receptor that is responsible for the integration of manycelltypessosomal enpm les. Additional growth factors that may be produced in accordance with the present invention include Activin (Vale et al., 321 Nature 776 (1986); Ling et al., 321 Nature 779 (1986)), Inhibin (U.S. Patent Nos. 4,737,578; 4,740,587), and Bone Morphongenic Proteins (BMPs) (U.S. Patent No. 5 5,846,93 1; Wozney, Cellular & Molecular Biology of Bone 13 1-167 (1993)). In addition to the growth factors discussed above, the present invention may target or use other cytokines. Secreted primarily from leukocytes, cytokines stimulate both the humoral and cellular immune responses, as well as the activation of phagocytic cells. Cytokines that are secreted from 20 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 lymphocytes are termed lymphokines, whereas those secreted by monocytes or macrophages are termed monokines. A large family of cytokines are produced by various cells of the body. Many of the lymphokines are also known as interleukins (ILs), because they are not only secreted by leukocytes, but are also able to affect the cellular responses of leukocytes. More specifically, interleukins are 5 growth factors targeted to cells of hematopoietic origin. The list of identified interleukins grows continuously. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6,174,995; U.S. Patent No. 6,143,289; Sallusto et al., 18 Annu. Rev. Immunol. 593 (2000) Kunkel et al., 59 J. Leukocyto Biol. 81 (1996). Additional growth factor/cytokines encompassed in the present invention include pituitary hormones such as human growth hormone (HGH), follicle stimulating hormones (FSH, FSHa, and 10 FSHp), Human Chorionic Gonadotrophins (HCG, HCGa, HCGp), uFSH (urofollitropin), Gonatropin releasing hormone (GRH), Growth Hormone (GH), leuteinizing hormones (LH, LHa, LHp), somatostatin, prolactin, thyrotropin (TSH, TSHca, TSHp), thyrotropin releasing hormone (TRH), parathyroid hormones, estrogens, progesterones, testosterones, or structural or functional analog thereof. All of these proteins and peptides are known in the art. 15 The cytokine family also includes tumor necrosis factors, colony stimulating factors, and interferons. See, e.g., Cosman, 7 Blood Cell (1996); Gruss et al., 85 Blood 3378 (1995); Beutler et al., 7 Annu. Rev. Immunol. 625 (1989); Aggarwal et al., 260 J. Biol. Chem. 2345 (1985); Pennica et al., 312 Nature 724 (1984); R & D Systems, Cytokine Mini-Reviews, at http://www.rndsystems.com. Several cytokines are introduced, briefly, in Table 2 below. 20 Table 2: Cytokines Cytokine Principal Source Primary Activity Interleukins Primarily macrophages but also Costimulation of APCs and T cells; IL1-a and -b neutrophils, endothelial cells, smooth stimulates IL-2 receptor production and muscle cells, glial cells, astrocytes, B- expression of interferon-y; may induce and T-cells, fibroblasts, and proliferation in non-lymphoid cells. keratinocytes IL-2 CD4+ T-helper cells, activated TH 1 Major interleukin responsible for clonal cells, NK cells T-cell proliferation. IL-2 also exerts effects on B-cells, macrophages, and natural killer (NK) cells. IL-2 receptor is not expressed on the surface of resting T cells, but expressed constitutively on NK cells, that will secrete TNF-ax, IFN-y and GM-CSF in response to IL-2, which in turn activate macrophages. IL-3 Primarily T-cells Also known as multi-CSF, as it stimulates stem cells to produce all forms of hematopoietic cells. 21 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Cytokine Principal Source Primary Activity IL-4 TH 2 and mast cells B cell proliferation, eosinophil and mast cell growth and function, IgE and class II MHC expression on B cells, inhibition of monokine production IL-5 TH 2 and mast cells eosinophil growth and function IL-6 Macrophages, fibroblasts, endothelial IL-6 acts in synergy with IL-I and TNF-oc cells and activated T-helper cells. in many immune responses, including T Does not induce cytokine expression. cell activation; primary inducer of the acute-phase response in liver; enhances the differentiation of B-cells and their consequent production of immunoglobulin; enhances Glucocorticoid synthesis. IL-7 thymic and marrow stromal cells T and B lymphopoiesis IL-8 Monocytes, neutrophils, macrophages, Chemoattractant (chemokine) for and NK cells neutrophils, basophils and T-cells; activates neutrophils to degranulate. IL-9 T cells hematopoietic and thymopoietic effects IL-10 activated TH 2 cells, CD8* T and B inhibits cytokine production, promotes B cells, macrophages cell proliferation and antibody production, suppresses cellular immunity, mast cell growth IL-11 stromal cells synergisitc hematopoietic and thrombopoietic effects IL-12 B cells, macrophages proliferation of NK cells, INF-g production, promotes cell-mediated immune functions IL-13 TH 2 cells IL-4-like activities IL-18 macrophages/Kupffer cells, Interferon-gamma-inducing factor with keratinocytes, glucocorticoid-secreting potent pro-inflammatory activity adrenal cortex cells, and osteoblasts IL-21 Activated T cells IL21 has a role in proliferation and maturation of natural killer (NK) cell populations from bone marrow, in the proliferation of mature B-cell populations co-stimulated with anti-CD40, and in the proliferation of T cells co-stimulated with anti-CD3. IL-23 Activated dendritic cells A complex of p19 and the p40 subunit of IL-12. IL-23 binds to IL-12R beta 1 but not IL-12R beta 2; activates Stat4 in PHA blast T cells; induces strong proliferation of mouse memory T cells; stimulates IFN gamma production and proliferation in PHA blast T cells, as well as in CD45RO _(memory) T cells. 22 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Cytokine Principal Source Primary Activity TumorNecrosis Primarily activated macrophages. Once called eachectin; induces the Factor expression of other autocrine growth TNF-x factors, increases cellular responsiveness to growth factors; induces signaling pathways that lead to proliferation; induces expression of a number of nuclear proto-oncogenes as well as of several interleukins. (TNF-p) T-lymphocytes, particularly cytotoxic Also called lymphotoxin; kills a number T-lymphocytes (CTL cells); induced of different cell types, induces terminal by IL-2 and antigen-T-Cell receptor differentiation in others; inhibits interactions. lipoprotein lipase present on the surface of vascular endothelial cells. Interferons macrophages, neutrophils and some Known as type I interferons; antiviral INF-a and -b somatic cells effect; induction of class I MHC on all somatic cells; activation of NK cells and macrophages. Interferon Primarily CD8+ T-cells, activated TH 1 Type II interferon; induces of class I 1NF-y and NK cells MHC on all somatic cells, induces class II MHC on APCs and somatic cells, activates macrophages, neutrophils, NK cells, promotes cell-mediated immunity, enhances ability of cells to present antigens to T-cells; antiviral effects. Monocyte Peripheral blood Attracts monocytes to sites of vascular Chemoattractant monocytes/macrophages endothelial cell injury, implicated in Protein-1 (MCP1) atherosclerosis. Colony Stimulate the proliferation of specific Stimulating pluripotent stem cells of the bone marrow Factors (CSFs) in adults. Granulocyte-CSF Specific for proliferative effects on cells (G-CSF) of the granulocyte lineage; proliferative effects on both classes of lymphoid cells. Macrophage-CSF Specific for cells of the macrophage (M-CSF) lineage. Granulocyte- Proliferative effects on cells of both the MacrophageCSF macrophage and granulocyte lineages. (GM-CSF) Other cytokines of interest that may be produced by the invention described herein include adhesion molecules (R & D Systems, Adhesion Molecule 1 (1996), at http://www.rndsystems.com); angiogenin (U.S. Patent No. 4,721,672; Moener et al., 226 Eur. J. Biochem. 483 (1994)); annexin V 5 (Cookson et al., 20 Genomics 463 (1994); Grundmann et al., 85 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 3708 (1988); U.S. Patent No. 5,767,247); caspases (U.S. Patent No. 6,214,858; Thornberry et al., 281 Science 1312 (1998)); chemokines (U.S. Patent Nos. 6,174,995; 6,143,289; Sallusto et al., 18 Annu. Rev. Immunol. 593 (2000) Kunkel et al., 59 J. Leukocyte Biol. 81 (1996)); endothelin (U.S. Patent 23 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Nos. 6,242,485; 5,294,569; 5,231,166); eotaxin (U.S. Patent No. 6,271,347; Ponath et al., 97(3) J. Clin. Invest. 604-612 (1996)); Flt-3 (U.S. Patent No. 6,190,655); heregulins (U.S. Patent Nos. 6,284,535; 6,143,740; 6,136,558; 5,859,206; 5,840,525); Leptin (Leroy et al., 271(5) J. Biol. Chem. 2365 (1996); Maffei et al., 92 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 6957 (1995); Zhang Y. et al. (1994) Nature 372: 425-432); 5 Macrophage Stimulating Protein (MSP) (U.S. Patent Nos. 6,248,560; 6,030,949; 5,315,000); Neurotrophic Factors (U.S. Patent Nos. 6,005,081; 5,288,622); Pleiotrophin/Midkine (PTN/MK) (Pedraza et al., 117 J. Biochem. 845 (1995); Tamura et al., 3 Endocrine 21 (1995); U.S. Patent No. 5,210,026; Kadomatsu et al., 151 Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1312 (1988)); STAT proteins (U.S. Patent Nos. 6,030808; 6,030,780; Darnell et al., 277 Science 1630-1635 (1997)); Tumor Necrosis 10 Factor Family (Cosman, 7 Blood Cell (1996); Gruss et al., 85 Blood 3378 (1995); Beutler et al., 7 Annu. Rev. Immunol. 625 (1989); Aggarwal et al., 260 J. Biol. Chem. 2345 (1985); Pennica et al., 312 Nature 724 (1984)). Also of interest regarding cytokines are proteins or chemical moieties that interact with cytokines, such as Matrix Metalloproteinases (MMPs) (U.S. Patent No. 6,307,089; Nagase, Matrix 15 Metalloproteinases in Zinc Metalloproteinases in Health and Disease (1996)), and Nitric Oxide Synthases (NOS) (Fukuto, 34 Adv. Pharm 1 (1995); U.S. Patent No. 5,268,465). The present invention may also be used to affect blood proteins, a generic name for a vast group of proteins generally circulating in blood plasma, and important for regulating coagulation and clot dissolution. See, e.g., Haematologic Technologies, Inc., HTI CATALOG, at www.haemtech.com. 20 Table 3 introduces, in a non-limiting fashion, some of the blood proteins contemplated by the present invention. Table 3: Blood Proteins Protein Principle Activity Reference Factor V In coagulation, this glycoprotein pro- Mann et al., 57 ANN. REv. BIOCHEM. cofactor, is converted to active cofactor, 915 (1988); see also Nesheim et al., 254 factor Va, via the serine protease a- J. BIOL. CHEM. 508 (1979); Tracy et al., thrombin, and less efficiently by its 60 BLOOD 59 (1982); Nesheim et al., 80 serine protease cofactor Xa. The METHODs ENzYMOL. 249 (1981); Jenny prothrombinase complex rapidly et al., 84 PROc. NATL. AcAD. Sd. USA converts zymogen prothrombin to the 4846 (1987). active serine protease, a-thrombin. Down regulation of prothrombinase complex occurs via inactivation of Va by ativtedprotein C. 24 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Protein Principle Activity Reference Factor VII Single chain glycoprotein zymogen in See generally, Broze et al., 80 its native form. Proteolytic activation METHODS ENZYMOL. 228 (1981); Bajaj yields enzyme factor VIla, which binds et al., 256 J. BIOL. CHEM. 253 (1981); to integral membrane protein tissue Williams et al., 264 J. BIOL. CHEM. factor, forming an enzyme complex that 7536 (1989); Kisiel et al., 22 proteolytically converts factor X to Xa. THROMBOSIS RES. 375 (1981); Also known as extrinsic factor Xase Seligsohn et al., 64 J. GUN. INVEST. complex. Conversion of VII to VHa 1056 (1979); Lawson et al., 268 J. BIOL. catalyzed by a number of proteases CHEM. 767 (1993). including thrombin, factors IXa, Xa, XIa, and XHa. Rapid activation also occurs when VII combines with tissue factor in the presence of Ca, likely initiated by a small amount of pre existing Vila. Not readily inhibited by antithrombin IUI/heparin alone, but is inhibited when tissue factor added. Factor IX Zymogen factor IX, a single chain Thompson, 67 BLOOD, 565 (1986); vitamin K-dependent glycoprotein, Hedner et al., JEMOSTASIS AND made in liver. Binds to negatively THROMBOSIS 39-47 (R.W. Colman, . charged phospholipid surfaces. Hirsh, V.. Murder, E.W. Salzman ed., Activated by factor XIa or the factor 2 nd ed. J.P. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia) Vla1tissue factor/phospholipid 1987; Fujikawa et al., 45 METHODS IN complex. Cleavage at one site yields the ENZYMOLOGY 74 (1974). intermediate IXa, subsequently converted to fly active form IXa by cleavage at another site. Factor IXa is the catalytic component of the "intrinsic factor Xase complex" (factor Vaa/eXaCa 2 /phospholipid) that proteolytically activates factor X to factor Xa. Factor X Vitamin K-dependent protein zymogen, See Davie et al., 48 ADv. ENZYMOL 277 made in liver, circulates in plasma as a (1979); Jackson, 49 ANN. REV. two chain molecule linked by a disulfide BIOCHEM. 765 (1980); see also bond. Factor Xa (activated X) serves as Fujikawa et al., 11 BioEM. 4882 the enzyme component of (1972); Discipio et al., 16 Biom. prothrombinase complex, responsible 698 (1977); Discipio et al., 18 for rapid conversion of prothrombin to BIOCHEM. 899 (1979); Jackson et al., 7 thrombin. BioEM. 4506 (1968); McMullen et al., 22 Bio m. 2875 (1983). 25 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Protein Principle Activity Reference Factor XI Liver-made glycoprotein homodimer Thompson et al., 60 J. CLIN. INVEST. circulates, in a non-covalent complex 1376 (1977); Kurachi et al., 16 with high molecular weight kininogen, BIOCHEM. 5831(1977); Bouma et al., as a zymogen, requiring proteolytic 252 J. BIOL. CHEM. 6432 (1977); activation to acquire serine protease Wuepper, 31 FED. PROC. 624 (1972); activity. Conversion of factor XI to Saito et al., 50 BLOOD 377 (1977); factor Xa is catalyzed by factor XIIa. Fujikawa et al., 25 BIOCHEM. 2417 XIa unique among the serine proteases, (1986); Kurachi et al., 19 BIOCHEM. since it contains two active sites per 1330 (1980); Scott et al., 69 J. CLiN. molecule. Works in the intrinsic INVEST. 844 (1982). coagulation pathway by catalyzing conversion of factor IX to factor IXa. Complex form, factor XIa/IMWK, activates factor XII to factor XIIa and prekallikrein to kallikrein. Major inhibitor of XIa is a-antitrypsin and to lesser extent, antithrombin-III. Lack of factor XI procoagulant activity causes bleeding disorder: plasma thromboplam in antecedent deficiency. Factor XII Glycoprotein zymogen. Reciprocal Schmaier et al., 18-38, and Davie, 242 (Hageman activation of XII to active serine 267 HEMOSTSIS & THROMBOSIS Factor) protease factor XIIa by kallikrein is (Colman et al., eds., J.B. Lippincott Co., central to start of intrinsic coagulation Philadelphia, 1987). pathway. Surface bound a-l.,a activates factor XI to Xa. Secondary cleavage of oas-a by kallikrein yields is-XIa, and catalyzes solution phase activation of kallikrein, factor VII and the classical complement cascade. 26 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Protein Principle Activity Reference Factor XIII Zymogenic form of glutaminyl-peptide See McDonaugh, 340-357 HEmosTAsis y-glutamyl transferase factor XIIa & THROMBOsis (Colman et al., eds., (fibrinoligase, plasma transglutaminase, J.B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia, 1987); fibrin stabilizing factor). Made in the Folk et al., 113 METHODS ENzYMOL. liver, found extracellularly in plasma 364 (1985); Greenberg et al., 69 BLOOD and intracellularly in platelets, 867 (1987). Other proteins known to be megakaryocytes, monocytes, placenta, substrates for Factor Xll1a, that may be uterus, liver and prostrate tissues. hemostatically important, include Circulates as a tetramer of 2 pairs of fibronectin (Iwanaga et al., 312 ANN. nonidentical subunits (A 2

B

2 ). Full NY AcAD. So. 56 (1978)), a 2 expression of activity is achieved only antiplasmin (Sakata et al., 65 J. CLIN. after the Ca 2 +- and fibrin(ogen)- INVEST. 290 (1980)), collagen (Mosher dependent dissociation of B subunit et al., 64 J. GUN. INVEST. 781 (1979)), dimer from A 2 ' dimer. Last of the factor V (Francis et al., 261 J. BI1L. zymogens to become activated in the CHEM. 9787 (1986)), von Willebrand coagulation cascade, the only enzyme in Factor (Mosher et al., 64 J. CLIN. this system that is not a serine protease. INVEST. 781 (1979)) and XIIIa stabilizes the fibrin clot by thrombospondin (Bale et al., 260 J. crosslinking the a and y-chains of fibrin. BIOL. CHEM. 7502 (1985); Bohn, 20 Serves in cell proliferation in wound MOL. CELL BiocEM. 67 (1978)). healing, tissue remodeling, atherosclerosis, and tumor growth. 27 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Protein Principle Activity Reference Fibrinogen Plasma fibrinogen, a large glycoprotein, FURLAN, Fibrinogen, IN HUMAN disulfide linked dimer made of 3 pairs PROTEIN DATA, (Haeberli, ed., VCH of non-identical chains (Aa, Bb and g), Publishers, N.Y., 1995); Doolittle, in made in liver. Aa has N-terminal peptide HAEmoss & THROMBsis, 491-513 (fibrinopeptide A (FPA), factor XIa (3rd ed., Bloom et al., eds., Churchill crosslinking sites, and 2 Livingstone, 1994); HANTGAN, et al., in phosphorylation sites. Bb has HAEMOTSIS & THROMBsis 269-89 fibrinopeptide B (FPB), 1 of 3 N-linked (2d ed., Forbes et al., eds., Churchill carbohydrate moieties, and an N- Livingstone, 1991). terminal pyroglutamic acid. The g chain contains the other N-linked glycos. site, and factor XIIa cross-linking sites. Two elongated subunits ((AaBbg) 2 ) align in an antiparallel way forming a trinodular arrangement of the 6 chains. Nodes formed by disulfide rings between the 3 parallel chains. Central node (n disulfide knot, E domain) formed by N termini of all 6 chains held together by 11 disulfide bonds, contains the 2 Ila sensitive sites. Release of FPA by cleavage generates Fbn I, exposing a polymerization site on Aa chain. These sites bind to regions on the D domain of Fbn to form proto-fibrils. Subsequent Ila cleavage of FPB from the Bb chain exposes additional polymerization sites, promoting lateral growth of Fbn network. Each of the 2 domains between the central node and the C-terminal nodes (domains D and E) has parallel a helical regions of the Aa, Bb and g chains having protease- (plasmin-) sensitive sites. Another major plasmin sensitive site is in hydrophilic preturbance of a-chain from C-terminal node. Controlled plasmin degradation Converts Fbg into fragments D and E. 28 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Protein Principle Activity Reference Fibronectin High molecular weight, adhesive, Skorstengaard et al., 161 Eur. J. glycoprotein found in plasma and BIOCHEM. 441 (1986); Kornblihtt et al., extracellular matrix in slightly different 4 EMBO J. 1755 (1985); Odermatt et forms. Two peptide chains al., 82 PNAS 6571 (1985); Hynes, R.O., interconnected by 2 disulfide bonds, has ANN. REV. CELL BIOL., L 67 (1985); 3 different types of repeating Mosher 35 ANN. REV. MED. 561 homologous sequence units. Mediates (1984); Rouslahti et al., 44 Cell 517 cell attachment by interacting with cell (1986); Hynes 48 CELL 549 (1987); surface receptors and extracellular Mosher 250 BioL. CHEM. 6614 (1975). matrix components. Contains an Arg Gly-Asp-Ser (RGDS) cell attachment promoting sequence, recognized by specific cell receptors, such as those on platelets. Fibrin-fibronectin complexes stabilized by factor XIIIa-catalyzed covalent cross-linking of fibronectin to the fibrin a chain. b 2 -Glycoprotein I Also called b 2 S and Apolipoprotein H. See, e.g., Lozier et al., 81 PNAS 2640 Highly glycosylated single chain protein 44 (1984); Kato & Enjyoi 30 BioeEM. made in liver. Five repeating mutually 11687-94 (1997); Wur8, 16 INT'L t. homologous domains consisting of BioCEM. 511-15 (1984); Bendixen et approximately 60 amino acids disufide al., 31 BiCEM. 361 1-17 (1992); bonded to form Short Consensus Steinkasserer et al., 277 BiocHm. J. Repeats (SCR) or Sushi domains. 387-91 (1991); Nimpf et al., 884 Associated with lipoproteins, binds BIOCHEM. Bio YS. ACTA 142-49 anionic surfaces like anionic vehicles, (1986); Kroll et.al. 434 BiCHEM. platelets, DNA, mitochondria, and BIOPHYS. Acta 490-5041 (1986); Polz et heparin. Binding can inhibit contact al., 11 INT'L J. BioCHEM. 265-73 activation pathway in blood coagulation. (1976); McNeil et al., 87 PNAS 4120-24 Binding to activated platelets inhibits (1990); Galli et al;. I LANCET 1544-47 platelet associated prothrombinase and (1990); Matsuuna et al., 11 LANCET 177 adenylate cyclase activities. Complexes 78 (1990); Pengo et al., 73 THROMBOS between b 2 and cardiolipin have been & HAEMOSTASIS 29-34 (1995). implicated in the anti-phospholipid related immune disorders LAC and SLE. Osteonectin Acidic, noncollagenous glycoprotein Villarreal et al., 28 BIOCEM. 6483 (Mr29,000) originally isolated from (1989); Tracy et al., 29 INT'L . fetal and adult bovine bone matrix. May BIOCHEM. 653 (1988); Romberg et al., regulate bone metabolism by binding 25 BIOCHEM. 1176 (1986); Sage & hydroxyapatite to collagen. Identical to Bostein 266 J. BIOL. CHEM. 14831 human placental SPARC. An alpha (1991); Kem & Mann 4. BONE MN. granule component of human platelets RES. 5245 (1989); Kelm et al., 80 secreted during activation. A small BLOOD 3112 (1992). portion of secreted osteonectin expressed on the platelet cell surface in BICE.ean activation-dependent manner 29 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Protein Principle Activity Reference Plasminogen Single chain glycoprotein zymogen with See Robbins, 45 METHODS IN 24 disulfide bridges, no free sulfhydryls, ENZYMOLOGY 257 (1976); COLLEN, and 5 regions of internal sequence 243-258 BLOOD COAG. (Zwaal et al., homology, "kringles", each five triple- eds., New York, Elsevier, 1986); see looped, three disulfide bridged, and also Castellino et al, 80 METHODS IN homologous to kringle domains in t-PA, ENZYMOLOGY 365 (1981); WohI et al., u-PA and prothrombin. Interaction of 27 THROMB. RES. 523 (1982); Barlow plasminogen with fibrin and a2- et al., 23 BiocLEM. 2384 (1984); antiplasmin is mediated by lysine SoRup-JENSEN ET AL, 3 PROGRESS IN binding sites. Conversion of CHEM. FBRiNoLYSIS & THROMBOLYSIS plasminogen to plasmin occurs by 197-228 (Davidson et al., eds., Raven variety of mechanisms, including Press, New York 1975). urinary type and tissue type plasminogen activators, streptokinase, staphylokinase, kallikrein, factors IXa and XIla, but all result in hydrolysis at Arg560-Val561, yielding two chains that remain covalently associated by a disulfide bond. tissue t-PA, a serine endopeptidase See Plasminogen. Plasminogen synthesized by endothelial cells, is the Activator major physiologic activator of plasminogen in clots, catalyzing conversion of plasminogen to plasmin by hydrolising a specific arginine alanine bond. Requires fibrin for this activity, unlike the kidney-produced version, urokinase-PA. Plasmin See Plasminogen. Plasmin, a serine See Plasminogen. protease, cleaves fibrin, and activates and/or degrades compounds of coagulation, kinin generation, and complement systems. Inhibited by a number of plasma protease inhibitors in vitro. Regulation of plasmin in vivo occurs mainly through interaction with a 2 -antiplasmin, and to a lesser extent, a 2 macroglobulin. 30 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Protein Principle Activity Reference Platelet Factor-4 Low molecular weight, heparin-binding Rucinski et al., 53 BLOOD 47 (1979); protein secreted from agonist-activated Kaplan et al., 53 BLOOD 604 (1979); platelets as a homotetramer in complex George 76 BLOOD 859 (1990); Busch et with a high molecular weight, al., 19 THROMB. RES. 129 (1980); Rao proteoglycan, carrier protein. Lysine- et al., 61 BLOOD 1208 (1983); Brindley, rich, COOH-terminal region interacts et al., 72 J. CLIN. INVEST. 1218 (1983); with cell surface expressed heparin-like Deuel et al, 74 PNAS 2256 (1981); glycosaminoglycans on endothelial Osterman et al., 107 BIOCHEM. cells, PF-4 neutralizes anticoagulant BiopHys. RES. CommuN. 130 (1982); activity of heparin exerts procoagulant Capitanio et al., 839 BIOCHEM. effect, and stimulates release of BIOPHYS. AcTA 161(1985). histamine from basophils. Chemotactic activity toward neutrophils and monocytes. Binding sites on the platelet surface have been identified and may be important for platelet aggregation.5 Protein C Vitamin K-dependent zymogen, protein See Esmon, 10 PROGRESS iN THRoMB3. C, made in liver as a single chain & HEMoSTS. 25 (1984); Stenflo, 10 polypeptide then converted to a SEMIN. N THRoMB. & EMOSTAS. 109 disulfide linked heterodimer. Cleaving (1984); Griffen et al., 60 BLOOD 261 the heavy chain of human protein C (1982); Kisiel et al., 80 METHODS converts the zymogen into the serine ENZYMOL. 320 (1981); Discipio et al., protease, activated protein C. Cleavage 18 BIOCHEM. 899 (1979). catalyzed by a complex of a-thrombin and thrombomodulin. Unlike other vitamin K dependent coagulation factors, activated protein C is an anticoagulant that catalyzes the proteolytic inactivation of factors Va and Vma, and contributes to the fibrinolytic response by complex formation with plasminogen activator inhibitors. Protein S Single chain vitamin K-dependent Walker 10 SEMIN. THROM. protein functions in coagulation and HEMOSTAS. 131(1984); Dahlback et al., complement cascades. Does not possess 10 SEMIN. THRO. HEMOS., 139 the catalytic triad. Complexes to C4b (1984); Walker 261 J. BVLa. CHEM. binding protein (C4BP) and to 10941 (1986). negatively charged phospholipids, concentrating C4BP at cell surfaces following injury. Unbound S serves as anticoagulant cofactor protein with activated Protein C. A single cleavage by thrombin abolishes protein S cofactor activity by removing gla domain. 31.

WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Protein Principle Activity Reference Protein Z Vitamin K-dependent, single-chain Sejima et al., 171 BIOCEM. protein made in the liver. Direct BIOPHYSICS RES. COMM. 661 (1990); requirement for the binding of thrombin Hogg et al., 266 J. BIOL. CHEM. 10953 to endothelial phospholipids. Domain (1991); Hogg et al., 17 BIOCHEM. structure similar to that of other vitamin BIOPHYSICS RES. COMM. 801 (1991); K-dependant zymogens like factors VII, Han et al., 38 BioCEM. 11073 (1999); IX, X, and protein C. N-terminal region Kemkes-Matthes et al., 79 THROMB. contains carboxyglutamic acid domain REs. 49 (1995). enabling phospholipid membrane binding. C-terminal region lacks "typical" serine protease activation site. Cofactor for inhibition of coagulation factor Xa by serpin called protein Z dependant protease inhibitor. Patients diagnosed with protein Z deficiency have abnormal bleeding diathesis during and after surgical events. Prothrombin Vitamin K-dependent, single-chain Mann et al., 45 METHODS IN protein made in the liver. Binds to ENZYMOLOGY 156 (1976); Magnusson negatively charged phospholipid et al., PROTEASES IN BIOLOGICAL membranes. Contains two "kringle" CONTROL 123-149 (Reich et al., eds. structures. Mature protein circulates in Cold Spring Harbor Labs., New York plasma as a zymogen and, during 1975); Discipio et al., 18 BioCEM. 899 coagulation, is proteolytically activated (1979). to the potent serine protease a-thrombin. R-Thrombin See Prothrombin. During coagulation, 45 METHODS ENzYMOL. 156 (1976). thrombin cleaves fibrinogen to form fibrin, the terminal proteolytic step in coagulation, forming the fibrin clot. Thrombin also responsible for feedback activation of procofactors V and Vi. Activates factor XIII and platelets, functions as vasoconstrictor protein. Procoagulant activity arrested by heparin cofactor UI or the antithrombin MeMheparin complex, or complex formation with thrombomodulin. Formation of thrombin/thrombomodulin complex results in inability of thrombin to cleave fibrinogen and activate factors V and VIC, but increases the efficiency of thrombin for activation of the anticoagulant, protein C. b-Thrombo- Low molecular weight, heparin-binding, See, e.g., George 76 BLOOD 859 (1990); globulin platelet-derived tetramer protein, Holt & Niewiarowski 632 BIOCHIM. consisting of four identical peptide BiopHYs. ACTA 284 (1980); chains. Lower affinity for heparin than Niewiarowski et al., 55 BLOOD 453 PF-4. Chemotactic activity for human (1980); Varma et al., 701 BioCHIM. fibroblasts, other functions unknown. BIOPHYS. ACTA 7 (1982); Senior et al., 96 J. CELL. BIOL. 382 (1983). 32 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Protein Principle Activity Reference Thrombopoietin Human TPO (Thrombopoietin, Mpl- Horikawa et al., 90(10) BLOOD 4031-38 ligand, MGDF) stimulates the (1997); de Sauvage et al., 369 NATURE proliferation and maturation of 533-58 (1995). megakaryocytes and promotes increased circulating levels of platelets in vivo. Binds to c-Mpl receptor. Thrombo-spondin High-molecular weight, heparin-binding Dawes et al., 29 THROMB. RES. 569 glycoprotein constituent of platelets, (1983); Switaiska et al., 106 J. LAB. consisting of three, identical, disulfide- CLIN. MED. 690 (1985); Lawler et al. linked polypeptide chains. Binds to 260 J. BioL. CHEM. 3762 (1985); Wolff surface of resting and activated et al., 261 J. BIOL. CHEM. 6840 (1986); platelets, may effect platelet adherence Asch et al., 79 J. CLIN. CHEM. 1054 and aggregation. An integral component (1987); Jaffe et al., 295 NATURE 246 of basement membrane in different (1982); Wright et al., 33 J. HiSTOCHEM. tissues. Interacts with a variety of CYTOCHEM. 295 (1985); Dixit et al., extracellular macromolecules including 259 J. BL. CHEM. 10100 (1984); heparin, collagen, fibrinogen and Mumby et al., 98 J. CELL. BIOL. 646 fibronectin, plasminogen, plasminogen (1984); Lahav et al, 145 EUR. J. activator, and osteonectin. May BIOCHEM. 151(1984); Silverstein et al, modulate cell-matrix interactions. 260 J. BL. CHEM. 10346 (1985); Clezardin et al. 175 EuR. J. BioCHEM. 275 (1988); Sage & Bornstein (1991). Von Willebrand Multimeric plasma glycoprotein made Hoyer 58 BLOOD 1 (1981); Ruggeri& Factor of identical subunits held together by Zimmerman 65 J. GUN. INVEST. 1318 disulfide bonds. During normal (1980); Hoyer & Shainoff 55 BLOOD hemostasis, larger multimers of vWF 1056 (1980); Meyer et al., 95 J. LAB. cause platelet plug formation by CLIN. INVEST. 590 (1980); Santoro 21 forming a bridge between platelet THROMB. RES. 689 (1981); Santoro, & glycoprotein IB and exposed collagen in Cowan 2 COLLAGEN RELAT. RES. 31 the subendothelium. Also binds and (1982); Morton et al., 32 THROMB. RES. transports factor VIII (antihemophilic 545 (1983); Tuddenham et al., 52 BRIT. factor) in plasma. J. HAEMATOL. 259 (1982). Additional blood proteins contemplated herein include the following human serum proteins, which may also be placed in another category of protein (such as hormone or antigen): Actin, Actinin, Amyloid Serum P, Apolipoprotein E, B2-Microglobulin, C-Reactive Protein (CRP), Cholesterylester 5 transfer protein (CETP), Complement C3B, Ceruplasmin, Creatine Kinase, Cystatin, Cytokeratin 8, Cytokeratin 14, Cytokeratin 18, Cytokeratin 19, Cytokeratin 20, Desmin, Desmocollin 3, FAS (CD95), Fatty Acid Binding Protein, Ferritin, Filamin, Glial Filament Acidic Protein, Glycogen Phosphorylase Isoenzyme BB (GPBB), Haptoglobulin, Human Myoglobin, Myelin Basic Protein, Neurofilament, Placental Lactogen, Human SHBG, Human Thyroid Peroxidase, Receptor Associated Protein, Human 10 Cardiac Troponin C, Human Cardiac Troponin 1, Human Cardiac Troponin T, Human Skeletal Troponin 1, Human Skeletal Troponin T, Vimentin, Vinculin, Transferrin Receptor, Prealbumin, Albumin, Alpha-i1-Acid Glycoprotein, Alpha- 1-Antichymotrypsin, Alpha- I -Antitrypsin, Alpha 33 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Fetoprotein, Alpha-i -Microglobulin, Beta-2-microglobulin, C-Reactive Protein, Haptoglobulin, Myoglobulin, Prealbumin, PSA, Prostatic Acid Phosphatase, Retinol Binding Protein, Thyroglobulin, Thyroid Microsomal Antigen, Thyroxine Binding Globulin, Transferrin, Troponin I, Troponin T, Prostatic Acid Phosphatase, Retinol Binding Globulin (RBP). All of these proteins, and sources 5 thereof, are known in the art. Many of these proteins are available commercially from, for example, Research Diagnostics, Inc. (Flanders, N.J.). The target in the present invention may also incorporate or target neurotransmitters, or functional portions thereof. Neurotransmitters are chemicals made by neurons and used by them to transmit signals to the other neurons or non-neuronal cells (e.g., skeletal muscle; myocardium, pineal 10 glandular cells) that they innervate. Neurotransmitters produce their effects by being released into synapses when their neuron of origin fires (i.e., becomes depolarized) and then attaching to receptors in the membrane of the post-synaptic cells. This causes changes in the fluxes of particular ions across that membrane, making cells more likely to become depolarized, if the neurotransmitter happens to be excitatory, or less likely if it is inhibitory. Neurotransmitters can also produce their effects by 15 modulating the production of other signal-transducing molecules ("second messengers") in the post synaptic cells. See generally COOPER, BLOOM & ROTH, THE BIOCHEMICAL BASIS OF NEUROPHARMACOLOGY (7th Ed. Oxford Univ. Press, NYC, 1996); http://web.indstate.edu/thcme/mwking/nerves. Neurotransmitters contemplated in the present invention include, but are not limited to, Acetylcholine, Serotonin, y-aminobutyrate (GABA), 20 Glutamate, Aspartate, Glycine, Histamine, Epinephrine, Norepinephrine, Dopamine, Adenosine, ATP, Nitric oxide, and any of the peptide neurotransmitters such as those derived from pre-opiomelanocortin (POMC), as well as antagonists and agonists of any of the foregoing. Numerous other proteins or peptides may serve as either targets, or as a source of target binding moieties as described herein. Table 4 presents a non-limiting list and description of some 25 pharmacologically active peptides that may serve as, or serve as a source of a functional derivative of, the target of the present invention. Table 4: Pharmacologically active peptides Binding partner/ Pharmacological activity Reference Protein of interest (form of peptide) c-Mpl TPO-mimetic Cwirla et al., 276 SCIENCE 1696-9 (1997); (linear) U.S. Pat. No. 5,869,451, issued Feb. 9,1999; U.S. Pat. No. 5,932,946, issued Aug. 3,1999. c-Mpl TPO-mimetic Cwirla et al., 276 SCIENCE 1696-9 (1997). (C-terminally cross linked dimer) 34 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Binding partner/ Pharmacological activity Reference Protein of interest (form of peptide) (disulfide-linked stimulation of Paukovits et al., 364 HOPPE-SEYLERS Z. dimer) hematopoesis PHYSIOL. CHEM. 30311 (1984); ("G-CSF-mimetic") Laerurngal., 16 EXP. HEMAT. 274-80 (1988). (alkylene-linked dimer) G-CSF-mimetic Batnagar et al., 39 J. MED. CHEM. 38149 (1996); Cuthbertson et al., 40 J. MED. CHEM. 2876-82 (1997); King et al., 19 ExP. HEMATOL. 481 (1991); King et al., 86(Suppl. 1) BLOOD 309 (1995). IL-1 receptor inflammatory and U.S. Pat. No. 5,608,035; U.S. Pat. No. (linear) autoimmune diseases ("IL-1 5,786,331; U.S Pat. No. 5,880,096; antagonist" or "iL-I ra- Yanofsky et al., 93 PNAS 7381-6 (1996); mimetic") Akeson et al., 271 J. BIOL. CHEM. 30517 23 (1996); Wiekzorek et al., 49 POL. J. PHARMACOL. 107-17 (1997); Yanofsky, ____________________93 PNAS 7381-7386 (1996). Facteur thyrnique stimulation of lymphocytes Inagaki-Ohara et al., 171 CELLULAR (linear) (FTS-mimetic) IMMUNOL. 30-40 (1996); Yoshida, 6 J. IMMUNOPHARMACOL 141-6 (1984). CTLA4 MAb CTLA4-mimetic Fukumoto et al., 16 NATURE BIOTECH. (intrapeptide di-sulfide 267-70 (1998). bonded) TNE-a receptor TIN-a antagonist Takasaki et al., 15 NATURE BIOTECH. (exo-cyclic) 1266-70 (1997); WO 98/53842, published 93_PNASDecember 3, 1998. TNF-a receptor TNF-a antagonist Chirinos-Rojas, J. aMM., 562 1-26. (linear) C3b inhibition of complement Sahu et al., 157 IM NOL. (1996);8Yosh 96) (intrapeptide di-suFfide activation; autoimmune Morikis et al., 7 PROTEIN Sd. 619-27 bonded) diseases (C3b antagonist) (1998). vinculin cell adhesion processes, cell Adey et al., 324 BioTEM. J. 523-8 (linear) growth, differentiation (1997). wound healing, tumor metastasis ("vinculin binding") C4 binding protein (C413P) anti-thrombotic Linse et al. 272 BIOL. CHEM. 1465 8-65 (linear) (1997). urokinase receptor processes associated with Goodson et al., 91 PNAS 7129-33 (1994); (linear) urokinase interaction with its International patent application WO receptor (e.g. angiogenesis, 97/35969, published October 2, 1997. tumor cell invasion and metastasis; (URK antagonist) Mdm2, Hdm2 Inhibition of inactivation of Picksley et al., 9 ONCOGENE 2523-9 (linear) p53 mediated by Mdm2 or (1994); Bottger et al. 269 J. MOL. BIOL. hdm2; anti-tumor 744-56 (1997); Bottger et al., 13 ("Mdm/hdm antagonist") ONCOGENE 13: 2141-7 (1996). 35 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Binding partner/ Pharmacological activity Reference Protein of interest (form of peptide) p21 WAFI anti-tumor by mimicking the Ball et al., 7 CURR. BIOL. 7 1-80 (1997). (linear) activity of p21wAFi famesyl transferase anti-cancer by preventing Gibbs et al., 77 CELL 175-178 (1994). (linear) activation of ras oncogene Ras effector domain anti-cancer by inhibiting Moodie et at., 10 TRENDs GENEL 44-48 (linear) biological function of the ras (1994); Rodriguez et al., 370 NATuRE oncogene 527-532 (1994). SH2/SH3 domains anti-cancer by inhibiting Pawson et al, 3 CURR. BIOL. 434-432 (linear) tumor growth with activated (1993); Yu et al., 76 CELL 933-945 tyr~osine kinases (1994). p 10x4 anti-cancer by mimicking Fahraeus et al., 6 CURR. BIOL. 84-91 (linear) activity of p16; e.g., (1996). inhibiting cyclin D-Cdk complex ("p,lI 6-mimetic") Src, Lyn inhibition of Mast cell Stauffer et al., 36 BioCEM. 9388-94 (linear) activation, IgE-related (1997). conditions, type I hypersensitivity ("Mast cell antagonist").____________________ Mast cell protease treatment of inflammatory International patent application WO (linear) disorders mediated by 98/33812, published August 6, 1998. release of tryptase-6 ("Mast cell protease inhibitors") SH3 domains treatment of SH3-mediated Rickles et al., 13 EMBO J. (linear) disease states ("SH3 5598-5604 (1994); Sparks et al., antagonist") 269 J. BIOL. CHEM. 238536 (1994); Sparks et al., 93 PNAS 1540-44 (1996). HBV core antigen (HBcAg) treatment of HIV viral Dyson & Muray, PNAS 2194-98 (linear) antigen (BcAg) infections (1995). ("anti-B bV") selecting neutrophil adhesion Martens et al., 270 J. BIOL. (linear) inflammatory diseases CHEM. 21129-36 (1995); selection n antagonist") European Pat. App. EP 0 714 e912, published June 5, 1996. calmodulin calmodulin Pierce et al., 1 MOLEC. (linear, cyclized) antagonist DIVEMILY 25965 (1995); Dedman et al., 267 J. BIOL. CHEM. 23025-30 (1993); Adey & Kay, 169 GENE 133-34 (1996). 36 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Binding partner/ Pharmacological activity Reference Protein of interest (form of peptide) integrins tumor-homing; treatment fo International patent applications WO (linear, cyclized) conditions related to 95114714, published June 1, 1995; WO integin-mediated cellular 97/08203, published March 6,1997; WO events, including platelet 98/10795, published March 19,1998; WO aggregation, thrombosis, 99/24462, published May 20, 1999; Kraft wound healing, osteoporosis, et al., 274 J. BIOL. CHEM. 1979-85 tissue repair, angiogenesis (1999). (e.g., for treatment of cancer) and tumor invasion ("integrin-binding") fibronectin and extracellular treatment of inflammatory International patent application WO matrix components of T-cells and autoimmune conditions 98/09985, published March 12, 1998. and macrophages (cyclic, linear) somatostatin and cortistatin treatment or prevention of European patent application EP 0 911 (linear) hormone-producing tumors, 393, published Apr. 28, 1999. acromegaly, giantism, dementia, gastric ulcer, tumor growth, inhibition of hormone secretion, modulation of sleep or neural activity bacterial lipopoly-saccharide antibiotic; septic shock; U.S. Pat. No. 5,8 77,15 1, issued March 2, (linear) disorders modulatable by 1999. CAP37 parciaxin, mellitin antipathogenic International patent application WO (linear or cclic) 97/31019, published 28 August 1997. VIP impotence, neuro- International patent application WO (linear, cyclic) degenerative disorders 97/40070, published October 30, 1997. CTLscacrErpapaetapiainE070 (linear) line TF-gamma2 and cortistatin (linear) Aniylin Cooper, 84 PNAS 8628-32 (1987). (linear) Adreno-medullin Kitamura, 192 BBRC 553-60 (1993). (linear) VEGF anti-angiogenic; cancer, Fairbrother, 37 BiOCHEM. 17754-64 (cyclic, linear) rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic (1998). retinopathy, psoriasis ("VEGF antagonist"') MWvl inflammation and Koivunen, 17 NATuRE BIOTECH. 768-74 (cyclic) autoimmune disorders; (1999). tumor growth ("MtP inhibitor") HGH fragment U.S. Pat. No. 5,869,452, issued (linear) publis Feb. 9, 1999. 37 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Binding partner/ Pharmacological activity Reference Protein of interest (form of peptide) Echistatin inhibition of platelet Gan, 263 J. BIOL. 19827-32 (1988). aggregation SLE autoantibody SLE International patent application WO (linear) 96/30057, published Oct. 3, 1996. GD1 alpha suppression of tumor Ishikawa et al., 1 FEBS LETT. 20-4 metastasis (1998). anti-phospholipid P-2 endothelial cell activation, Blank Mal., 96 PNAS 5164-8 (1999). glycoprotein-1 (p2GPI) anti-phospholipid syndrome antibodies (APS), thromboembolic phenomena, thrombocytopenia, and recurrent fetal loss T-Cell Receptor P chain diabetes International patent application WO (linear) 96/101214, published Apr. 18, 1996. Binding partner/ Pharmacological activity Reference Protein of interest (form of peptide) EPO receptor EPO mimetic Wrighton et al. (1996), Science 273: (intrapeptide 458-63; U.S. Pat. No. 5,773,569, issued disulfide-bonded) June 30, 1998 to Wrighton et al. EPO receptor EPO mimetic Livnah et al. (1996), Science 273: 464 (C-terminally cross- 71; Wrighton et al. (1997), Nature linked dimer) Biotechnology 15:1261-5; int'l patent application WO 96/40772, published Dec. 19,1996 EPO receptor EPO mimetic Naranda et al., 96 PNAS 7569-74 (1999) (linear) c-Mpl TPO-mimetic Cwirla et al.(1997) Science 276:1696-9; (linear) U.S. Pat. No. 5,869,451, issued Feb. 9,1999; U.S. Pat. No. 5,932,946, issued Aug. 3,1999 c-Mpl TPO-mimetic Cwirla et al. (1997) Science 276:1696-9 (C-terminally cross linked dimer) (disulfide-linked stimulation of Paukovits et al. (1984), Hoppe-Seylers Z. dimer) hematopoesis Physiol. Chem. 365: 30311; Laerurn gal. ("G-CSF-mimetic") (1988), Exp. Hemat. 16:274-80 (alkylene-linked dimer) G-CSF-mimetic Batnagar 91-al. (1996), linked dimer J. Med. Chem. 39:38149; Cuthbertson et al. (1997), J. Med. Chem. 40: 2876-82; King et al. (1991), Exp. Hematol. 19:481; King et al. (1995), Blood 86 (Suppl. 1): 309 38 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Binding partner/ Pharmacological activity Reference Protein of interest (form of peptide) IL-1 receptor inflammatory and U.S. Pat. No. 5,608,035; U.S. Pat. No. (linear) autoimmune diseases ("IL-1 5,786,331; U.S-Pat. No. 5,880,096; antagonist" or "IL-I ra- Yanofsky 91-al. (1996) PNAS 93:7381-6; mimetic") Akeson et al. (1996), J. Biol. Chem. 271: 30517-23; Wiekzorek et al. (1997), Pol. J. Pharmacol. 49:107-17; Yanofsky (1996), PNAs, 93:7381-7386. Facteur thyrnique stimulation of lymphocytes Inagaki-Ohara et al. (1996), Cellular (linear) (FTS-mimetic) Immunol. 171: 30-40; Yoshida (1984), J. Immunopharmacol, 6:141-6. CTLA4 MAb CTLA4-mimetic Fukumoto et al. (1998), Nature Biotech. (intrapeptide di-sulfide 16:267-70 bonded) TNF-a receptor TNF-a antagonist Takasaki et al. (1997), Nature Biotech. (exo-cyclic) 15:1266-70; WO 98/53842, published December 3, 1998. TNF-a receptor TNF-a antagonist Chirinos-Rojas J. Imm., 5621-26. (linear) C3b inhibition of complement Sahu et al. (1996), Immunol. 157:884-91; (intrapeptide di-sulfide activation; autoimmune Morikis et al. (1998), Protein Sci. 7:619 bonded) diseases (C3b antagonist) 27. vinculin cell adhesion processes, cell Adey et al. (1997), Biochem. J. 324:523-8 (linear) growth, differentiation wound healing, tumor metastasis ("vinculin binding") C4 binding protein (C413P) anti-thrombotic Linse et al. 272 Biol. Chem. 14658-65 (linear) (1997) urokinase receptor processes associated with Goodson et al. (1994), 91 PNAS 7129-33; (linear) urokinase interaction with its International application WO 97/35969, receptor (e.g. angiogenesis, published October 2, 1997 tumor cell invasion and metastasis; (URK antagonist) Mdm2, Hdm2 Inhibition of inactivation of Picksley et al. (1994), Oncogene 9: 2523 (linear) p53 mediated by Mdm2 or 9; Bottger et al. (1997) J. Mol. Biol. 269: hdm2; anti-tumor 744-56; Bottger et al. (1996), Oncogene ("Mdm/hdm antagonist") 13: 2141-7 p21 WAF anti-tumor by mimicking the Ball et al.(1997), Curr. Biol. 7: 71-80. (linear) activity of p2lwmF farnesyl transferase anti-cancer by preventing Gibbs et al. (1994), Cell 77:175-178 (linear) activation of ras oncogene Ras effector domain anti-cancer by inhibiting Moodie et at. (1994), Trends Genel 10:44 (linear) biological function of the ras 48 Rodriguez et al. (1994), Nature oncogene 370:527-532 . SH2/SH3 domains anti-cancer by inhibiting Pawson et al (1993), Curr. Biol. 3:434 (linear) tumor growth with activated 432, Yu et al. (1994), Cell 76:933-945. tyrosine kinases 39 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Binding partner/ Pharmacological activity Reference Protein of interest (form of peptide) p16"K 4 anti-cancer by mimicking Fahraeus et al. (1996), Curr. Biol. 6:84-91 (linear) activity of p16; e.g., inhibiting cyclin D-Cdk complex ("p,16-mimetic") Src, Lyn inhibition of Mast cell Stauffer et al. (1997), Biochem. 36: 9388 (linear) activation, IgE-related 94. conditions, type I hypersensitivity ("Mast cell antagonist"). Mast cell protease treatment of inflammatory International application WO 98/33812, (linear) disorders mediated by published August 6, 1998 release of tryptase-6 ("Mast cell protease inhibitors") SH3 domains treatment of SH3-mediated Rickles et al. (1994), EMBO J. (linear) disease states ("SH3 13:5598-5604;Sparks aLal. antagonist") (1994), J. Biol. Chem. 269: 238536; Sparks et al. (1996), PNAS 93:1540-44. HBV core antigen (HBcAg) treatment of HBV viral Dyson & Muray (1995), Proc. (linear) antigen (HBcAg) infections NatI. Acad. Sci. 92:2194-98. ("anti-HBV") selectins neutrophil adhesion Martens et al. (1995), J. Biol. (linear) inflammatory diseases Chem. 270: 21129-36; European ("selectin antagonist") pat. app.EP 0 714 912, published June 5, 1996 calmodulin calmodulin Pierce et al. (1995), Molec. (linear, cyclized) antagonist Divemily 1: 25965; Dedman et al. (1993), J. Biol. Chem. 268: 23025-30; Adey & Kay (1996), Gene 169:133-34. integrins tumor-homing; treatment for International applications WO 95/14714, (linear, cyclized) conditions related to published June 1, 1995; WO 97/08203, integrin-mediated cellular published March 6,1997; WO 98/10795, events, including platelet published March 19,1998; WO 99/24462, aggregation, thrombosis, published May 20, 1999; Kraft et al. wound healing, osteoporosis, (1999), J. Biol. Chem. 274:1979-85. tissue repair, angiogenesis (e.g., for treatment of cancer) and tumor invasion ("integrin-binding") fibronectin and extracellular treatment of inflammatory WO 98/09985, published March 12, 1998. matrix components of T-cells and autoimmune conditions and macrophages (cyclic, linear) 40 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Binding partner/ Pharmacological activity Reference Protein of interest (form of peptide) somatostatin and cortistatin treatment or prevention of European patent application 0 911393, (linear) hormone-producing tumors, published Apr. 28, 1999. acromegaly, giantism, dementia, gastric ulcer, tumor growth, inhibition of hormone secretion, modulation of sleep or neural activity bacterial Iipopoly-saccharide antibiotic; septic shock; U.S. Pat. No. 5,877,15 1, issued March (linear) disorders modulatable by 2,1999. CAP37 parciaxin, mellitin antipathogenic WO, 97/31019, published 28 August (linear or cyclic) 1997. VIP impotence, neuro- WO, 97/40070, published October 30, (linear, cyclic) degenerative disorders 1997. CTLs cancer EP 0 770 624, published May 2,1997. (linear) TF-gamma2 Burnstein (1988), Biochem., 27:4066-71 (linear) Amylin Cooper (1987), PNAS 84:8628-32. (linear) Adreno-medullin Kitamura (1993), BBRC, 192:553-60 (linear) VEGF anti-angiogenic; cancer, Fairbrother (1998), Biochem., 37:17754 (cyclic, linear) rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic 64. retinopathy, psoriasis ("VEGF antagonist"') MMP inflammation and Koivunen 17 Nature Biotech., 76 8-74 (cyclic) autoimmune disorders; (1999). tumor growth ("MMP inhibitor") HGH fragment U.S. Pat. No. 5,869,452. (linear) Echistatin inhibition of platelet Gan (1988), 3. Biol. 263:19827-32. aggregation SLE autoantibody SLE WO 96/30057, published Oct. 3, 1996. (linear)_________________ ___ GDlm alpha suppression of tumor Ishikawa et al., 1 FEBS Left. 20-4 (1998). metastasis anti-phospholipid P3-2 endothelial cell activation, Blank Mal. (1999), PNAS 96: 5164-8. glycoprotein-1 (132GPI) anti-phospholipid syndrome antibodies (APS), thromboembolic phenomena, thrombocytopenia, and recurrent fetal loss T-Cell Receptor Pp chain diabetes WO 96/101214, published Apr. 18, 1996. (linear)/31019,_published28August 419 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Peptides Any number of peptides may be used in conjunction with the present invention. Of particular interest are peptides that mimic the activity of EPO, TPO, growth hormone, G-CSF, GM-CSF, IL-Ira, leptin, CTLA4, TRAIL, TGF-a, and TGF-P. Peptide antagonists are also of interest, particularly those antagonistic to the 5 activity of TNF, leptin, any of the interleukins (IL-I - IL-23, etc.), and proteins involved in complement activation (e.g., C3b). Targeting peptides are also of interest, including tumor-homing peptides, membrane-transporting peptides, and the like. All of these classes of peptides may be discovered by methods described in the references cited in this specification and other references. A particularly preferred group of peptides are those that bind to cytokine receptors. 10 Cytokines have recently been classified according to their receptor code. See Inglot (1997), Archivum Immunologiae e Therapiae Experimentalis 45: 353-7, which is hereby incorporated entirely by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable peptides for this invention appear in Tables 5 through 21 below. These peptides may be prepared by methods disclosed and/or known in the 15 art. Single letter amino acid abbreviations are used in most cases. The X in these sequences (and throughout this specification, unless specified otherwise in a particular instance) means that any of the 20 naturally occurring amino acid residues or know derivatives thereof may be present, or any know modified amino acid thereof. Any of these peptides may be linked in tandem (i.e., sequentially), with or without linkers, and a few tandemlinked examples are 20 provided in the table. Linkers are listed as "A" and may be any of the linkers described herein. Tandem repeats and linkers are shown separated by dashes for clarity. Any peptide containing a cysteinyl residue may optionally be cross-linked with another Cys-containing peptide, either or both of which may be linked to a vehicle. A few crosslinked examples are provided in the table. Any peptide having more than one Cys residue may form an intrapeptide disulfide bond, 25 as well; see, for example, EPO-mimetic peptides in Table 5. A few examples of intrapeptide disulfide-bonded peptides are specified in the table. Any of these peptides may be derivatized as described herein, and a few derivatized examples are provided in the table. For derivatives in which the carboxyl terminus may be capped with an amino group, the capping amino group is shown as -NH 2 . For derivatives in which amino acid residues are substituted by moieties 30 other than amino acid residues, the substitutions are denoted by a S, which signifies any of the moieties known in the art, e.g., as described in Bhatnagar et al. (1996), J. Med. Chem. 39: 3814-9 and Cuthbertson et al. (1997), J. Med. Chem. 40:2876-82, which are entirely incorporated by reference. The J substituent and the Z substituents (Z 5 , Z 6 , ... Z4) are as defined in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,608,035, 5,786,331, and 5,880,096, which are entirely incorporated 42 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 herein by reference. For the EPO-mimetic sequences (Table 5), the substituents X 2 through

X

1 1 and the integer "n" are as defined in WO 96/40772, which is entirely incorporated by reference. The substituents "T" "E," and "+" are as defined in Sparks et al. (1996), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 93: 1540-4, which is entirely incorporated by reference. X4, X5, X6, and X7 are as 5 defined in U.S. Pat. No. 5,773,569, which is hereby entirely incorporated by reference, except that: for integrin-binding peptides, X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, and X8 (Table 10), are as defined in PCT applications WO 95/14714, published June 1, 1995 and WO 97/08203, published March 6,1997, which are also entirely incorporated by reference; and for VIP mimetic peptides (Table 13), X 1 , X 1 ', X 1 ", X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , and Z; and the integers m and n 10 are as defined in WO 97/40070, published October 30,1997, which is also entirely incorporated herein by reference. Xaa and Yaa below are as defined in WO 98/09985, published March 12,1998, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference. AA 1 , AA 2 , AB1,

AB

2 , and AC are as defined in International application WO 98/53842, published December 3, 1998, which is entirely incorporated by reference. X1, X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 in Table 18 only are as, 15 defined in European application EP 0 911 393, published April 28,1999, entirely incorporated herein by reference. Residues appearing in boldface are D-amino acids, but can be optionally L-amino acids. All peptides are linked through peptide bonds unless otherwise noted. Abbreviations are listed at the end of this specification. In the "SEQ ID NO." column, "NR" means that no sequence listing is required for the given sequence. 20 Table 5-EPO-mimetic peptide sequences Sequence/structure: SEQ ID NO: YXCXXGPXTWXCXP 1 YXCXXGPXTWXCXP-YXCXXGPXTWXCXP 2 YXCXXGPXTWXCXP-A-YXCXXGPXTWXCXP 3 25 YXCXXGPXTWXCXP-A-s-amine) 4 K YXCXXGPXTWXCXP-A- (a-amine) 4 30 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGG 5 GGDYHCRMGPLTWVCKPLGG 6 GGVYACRMGPITWVCSPLGG 7 VGNYMCIFGPITWVCRPGGG 8 GGLYLCRFGPVTWDCGYKGG 9 43 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGG- 10 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGG -A-GGTYSCHEFGPLTWVCKPQGG 11 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGGSSK 12 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGGSSK 13 5 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGGSSK 14 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGGSSK-A-GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGGSSK GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGGSS -A-s-amine) K 10 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGGSS-A- (a-amine) 15 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGGSSK(-A-biotin) 16

CX

4

XSGPX

6

TWX

7 C 17 GGTYSCHGPLTWVCKPQGG 18 15 VGNYMAHMGPITWVCRPGG 19 GGPHHVYACRMGPLTWIC 20 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQ 21 GGLYACHMGPMTWVCQPLRG 22 TIAQYICYMGPETWECRPSPKA 23 20 YSCHFGPLTWVCK 24 YCHFGPLTWVC 25

X

3

X

4

X

5

GPX

6

TWX

7

X

8 26

YX

2

X

3

X

4

X

5

GPX

6

TWX

7 XS 27

X

1

YX

2

X

3

X

4

X

5

GPXX

7

XX

9

X

10

X

11 28 25 XIYX 2

CX

4

X

5

GPX

6

TWX

7

CX

9 X1 0 X 29 GGLYLCRFGPVTWDCGYKGG 30 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQGG 31 GGDYHCRMGPLTWVCKPLGG 32 VGNYMCHFGPITWVCRPGGG 33 30 GGVYACRMGPITWVCSPLGG 34 VGNYMAHMGPITWVCRPGG 35 GGTYSCHFGPLTWVCKPQ 36 GGLYACHMGPMTWVCQPLRG 37 TIAQYICYMGPETWECRPSPKA 38 44 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 YSCHFGPLTWVCK 39 YCHFGPLTWVC 40 SCHFGPLTWVCK 41

(AX

2

).X

3

X

4

X

5

GPX

6

TWX

7

X

8 42 5 Table 6-IL-1 antagonist peptide sequences SEQUENCE/STRUCTURE SEQ ID NO: ZuIZ 7

Z

8

ZQZSYZ

6

Z

9

Z

10 43

XXQZ

5

YZ

6 XX 44 10 Z 7

XQZ

5

YZ

6 XX 45

Z

7

Z

8

QZ

5

YZ

6

Z

9

Z

10 46 ZnIZ 7

ZSQZ

5

YZ

6

Z

9

Z

1 0 47

Z

1 2

Z

13

Z

14

Z

1 5

Z

6

Z

17

Z

18

Z

19

Z

20

Z

2 1

Z

2 2

Z

1

Z

7

Z

8

QZ

5

YZ

6

Z

9 ZoL 48

Z

23

NZ

24

Z

39

Z

2 5

Z

2 6

Z

2 7

Z

2 8

Z

29

Z

3

OZ

4 0 49 15 TANVSSFEWTPYYWQPYALPL 50 SWTDYGYWQPYALPISGL 51 ETPFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 52 ENTYSPNWADSMYWQPYALPL 53 SVGEDHNFWTSEYWQPYALPL 54 20 DGYDRWRQSGERYWQPYALPL 55 FEWTPGYWQPY 56 FEWTPGYWQHY 57 FEWTPGWYQJY 58 AcFEWTPGWYQJY 59 25 FEVffPGWpYQJY 60 FAWTPGYWQJY 61 FEWAPGYWQJY 62 FEWVPGYWQJY 63 FEWTPGYWQJY 64 30 AcFEWTPGYWQJY 65 FEWTPaWYQJY 66 FEWTPSarWYQJY 67 FEWTPGYYQPY 68 FEWTPGWWQPY 69 45 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 FEWTPNYWQPY 70 FEVff PvYWQJY 71 FEWTPecGYWQJY 72 FEWTPAibYWQJY 73 5 FEVffSarGYWQJY 74 FEWTPGYWQPY 75 FEWTPGYWQHY 76 FEWTPGWYQJY 77 AcFEWTPGWYQJY 78 10 FEWTPGW-pY-QJY 79 FAWTPGYWQJY 80 FEWAPGYWQJY 81 FEWVPGYWQJY 82 FEWTPGYWQJY 83 15 AcFEWTPGYWQJY 84 FEWTPAWYQJY 85 FEWTPSarWYQJY 86 FEWTPGYYQPY 87 FEWTPGWWQPY 88 20 FEWTPNYWQPY 89 FEWTPVYWQJY 90 FEWTPecGYWQJY 91 FEWTPAibYWQJY 92 FEWTSarGYWQJY 93 25 FEWTPGYWQPYALPL 94 NapEWTPGYYQJY 95 YEWTPGYYQJY 96 FEWVPGYYQJY 97 FEWTPSYYQJY 99 30 FEWTPNYYQJY 99 TKPR 100 RKSSK 101 RKQDK 102 NRKQDK 103 35 RKQDKR 104 46 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 VTKFYF 105 VTKFy 106 VTDFY 107 5 SHLYWQPYSVQ 108 TLVYWQPYSLQT 109 RGDYWQPYSVQS 110 VHVYWQPYSVQT 111 RLVYWQPYSVQT 112 10 SRVWFQPYSLQS 113 NMVYWQPYSIQT 114 SVVFWQPYSVQT 115 TFVYWQPYALPL 116 TLVYWQPYSIQR 117 15 RLVYWQPYSVQR 118 SPVFWQPYSIQI 119 WIEWWQPYSVQS 120 SLIYWQPYSLQM 121 TRLYWQPYSVQR 122 20 RCDYWQPYSVQT 123 MRVFWQPYSVQN 124 KTVYWQPYSVQT 125 RHLYWQPYSVQR 126 ALVWWQPYSEQI 127 25 SRVWFQPYSLQS 128 WEQPYALPLE 129 QLVWWQPYSVQR 130 DLRYWQPYSVQV 131 ELVWWQPYSLQL 132 30 DLVWWQPYSVQW 133 NGNYWQPYSFQV 134 ELVYWQPYSIQR 135 ELMY)AIQPYSVQE 136 NLLYWQPYSMQD 137 5 GYEWYQPYSVQR 138 CENO302-PCT 139 47 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 LSEQYQPYSVQR 141 GGGWWQPYSVQR 142 VGRWYQPYSVQR 143 5 VHVYWQPYSVQR 144 QARWYQPYSVQR 145 VTTWQPYSVQT 146 RSVYWQPYSVQR 147 TRVWFQPYSVQR 148 10 GRJWFQPYSVQR 149 GRVWFQPYSVQR 147 ARTWYQPYSVQR 150 ARVWWQPYSVQM 151 RLMFYQPYSVQR 152 15 ESMWYQPYSVQR 153 IFGWWQPYSVHM 154 ARFWWQPYSVQR 155 RLVYWQPYAPIY 156 RLVYWQPYSYQT 157 20 RLVYWQPYSLPI 158 RLVYWQPYSVQA 159 SRVWYQPYAKGL 160 SRVWYQPYAQGL 161 SRVWYQPYAMPL 162 25 SRVWYQPYSVQA 163 SRVWYQPYSLGL 164 SRVWYQPYAREL 165 SRVWYQPYSRQP 166 SRVWYQPYFVQP 167 30 EYEWYQPYALPL 168 IPEYWQPYALPL 169 SRIWWQPYALPL 170 DPLFWQPYALPL 171 SRQWVQPYALPL 172 5 IRSWWQPYALPL 173 CENO302-PCT 174 48 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 RGYWQPYALPL 175 RLLWVQPYALPL 176 EYRWFQPYALPL 177 DAYWVQPYALPL 178 5 WSGYFQPYALPL 179 NIEFWQPYALPL 180 TRDWVQPYALPL 181 DSSWYQPYALPL 182 IGNWYQPYALPL 183 10 NLRWDQPYALPL 184 LPEFWQPYALPL 185 DSYWWQPYALPL 186 RSQYYQPYALPL 187 ARFWLQPYALPL 188 15 NSYFWQPYALPL 189 RFMYWQPYSVQR 190 AHLFWQPYSVQR 191 WWQPYALPL 192 YYQPYALPL 193 20 YFQPYALGL 194 YWYQPYALPL 195 RWWQPYATPL 196 GWYQPYALGF 197 YWYQPYALGL 198 25 IWYQPYAMPL 199 SNMQPYQRLS 200 TFVYWQPYAVGLPAAETACN 201 TFVYWQPYSVQMTITGKVTM 202 TFVYWQPYSSHXXVPXGFPL 203 30 TFVYWQPYYGNPQWAIHVRH 204 TFVYWQPYVLLELPEGAVRA 205 TFVYWQPYVDYVWPIPIAQV 206 GWYQPYVDGWR 207 RWEQPYVKDGWS 208 35 EWYQPYALGWAR 209 49 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 GWWQPYARGL 210 LFEQPYAKALGL 211 GWEQPYARGLAG 212 AWVQPYATPLDE 213 5 MWYQPYSSQPAE 214 GWTQPYSQQGEV 215 DWFQPYSIQSDE 216 PWIQPYARGFG 217 RPLYWQPYSVQV 218 10 TLIYWQPYSVQI 219 RFDYWQPYSDQT 220 WHQFVQPYALPL 221 EWDSVYWQPYSVQTLLR 223 WEQNVYWQPYSVQSFAD 224 15 SDVVYWQPYSVQSLEM 225 YYDGVYWQPYSVQVMPA 226 SDIWYQPYALPL 227 QRIWWQPYALPL 228 SRIWWQPYALPL 229 20 RSLYWQPYALPL 230 TIIWEQPYALPL 231 WETWYQPYALPL 232 SYDWEQPYALPL 233 SRIWCQPYALPL 234 25 EIMFWQPYALPL 235 DYVWQQPYALPL 236 MDLLVQWYQPYALPL 237 GSKVILWYQPYALPL 238 RQGANIWYQPYALPL 239 30 GGGDEPWYQPYALPL 240 SQLERTWYQPYALPL 241 ETWVREWYQPYALPL 242 KKGSTQWYQPYALPL 243 LQARMNWYQPYALPL 244 35 EPRSQKWYQPYALPL 245 50 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 VKQKWRWYQPYALPL 246 LRRHDVWYQPYALPL 247 RSTASIWYQPYALPL 248 ESKEDQWYQPYALPL 249 5 EGLTMKWYQPYALPL 250 EGSREGWYQPYALPL 251 VIEWWQPYALPL 252 VWYWEQPYALPL 253 ASEWWQPYALPL 254 10 FYEWWQPYALPL 255 EGWWVQPYALPL 256 WGEWLQPYALPL 257 DYVWEQPYALPL 258 AHTWWQPYALPL 259 15 FIEWFQPYALPL 260 WLAWEQPYALPL 261 VMEWWQPYALPL 262 ERMWQPYALPL 263 NXXWXXPYALPL 264 20 WGNWYQPYALPL 265 TLYWEQPYALPL 266 VWRWEQPYALPL 267 LLWTQPYALPL 268 SRIWXX PYALPL 269 25 SDIWYQPYALPL 270 WGYYXX PYALPL 271 TSGWYQPYALPL 272 VHPYXXPYALPL 273 EHSYFQPYALPL 274 30 XXIWYQPYALPL 275 AQLHSQPYALPL 276 WANWFQPYALPL 277 SRLYSQPYALPL 278 GVTFSQPYALPL 279 35 SIVWSQPYALPL 280 51 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 SRDLVQPYALPL 281 HWGHVYWQPYSVQDDLG 282 SWHSVYWQPYSVQSVPE 283 WRDSVYWQPYSVQPESA 284 5 TWDAVYWQPYSVQKWLD 285 TPPWVYWQPYSVQSLDP 286 YWSSVYWQPYSVQSVHS 287 YWYQPYALGL 288 YWYQPYALPL 289 10 EWIQPYATGL 290 NWEQPYAKPL 291 AFYQPYALPL 292 FLYQPYALPL 293 VCKQPYLEWC 294 15 ETPFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 295 QGWLTWQDSVDMYWQPYALPL 296 FSEAGYTWPENTYWQPYALPL 297 TESPGGLDWAKIYWQPYALPL 298 DGYDRWRQSGERYWQPYALPL 299 20 TANVSSFEWTPGYWQPYALPL 300 SVGEDHNFWTSE YWQPYALPL 301 MNDQTSEVSTFPYWQPYALPL 302 SWSEAFEQPRNLYWQPYALPL 303 QYAEPSALNDWGYWQPYALPL 304 25 NGDWATADWSNYYWQPYALPL 305 THDEHIYWQPYALPL 306 MLEKTYTTWTPG YWQPYALPL 307 WSDPLTRDADLYWQPYALPL 308 SDAFTTQDSQAMYWQPYALPL 309 30 GDDAAWRTDSLTYWQPYALPL 310 AIIRQLYRWSEMYWQPYALPL 311 ENTYSPNWADSMYWQPYALPL 312 MNDQTSEVSTFPYWQPYALPL 313 SVGEDHNFWTSEYWQPYALPL 314 35 QTPFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 315 52 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 ENPFTWQESNAYYWQPYALPL 316 VTPFTWEDSNVF YWQPYALPL 317 QIPFTWEQSNAYYWQPYALPL 318 QAPLTWQESAAYYWQPYALPL 319 5 EPTFTWEESKAT YWQPYALPL 320 TTTLTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 321 ESPLTWEESSALYWQPYALPL 322 ETPLTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 323 EATFTWAESNAYYWQPYALPL 324 10 EALFTWKESTAYYWQPYALPL 325 STP-TWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 326 ETPFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 327 KAPFTWEESQAYYWQPYALPL 328 STSFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 329 15 DSTFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 330 YIPFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 331 QTAFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 332 ETLFTWEESNAT YWQPYALPL 333 VSSFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 334 20 QPYALPL 335 Py-1-NapPYQJYALPL 336 TANVSSFEWTPG YWQPYALPL 337 FEWTPGYWQPYALPL 338 FEWTPGYWQJYALPL 339 25 FEWTPGYYQJYALPL 340 ETPFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 341 FTWEESNAYYWQJYALPL 342 ADVLYWQPYAPVTLWV 343 GDVAEYWQPYALPLTSL 344 30 SWTDYGYWQPYALPISGL 345 FEWTPGYWQPYALPL 346 FEWTPGYWQJYALPL 347 FEWTPGWYQPYALPL 348 FEWTPGWYQJYALPL 349 35 FEWTPGYYQPYALPL 350 53 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 FEWTPGYYQJYALPL 351 TANVSSFEWTPGYWQPYALPL 352 SWTDYGYWQPYALPISGL 353 ETPFTWEESNAWAIQPYALPL 354 5 ENTYSPNWADSMYWQPYALPL 355 SVGEDHNFWTSEYWQPYALPL 356 DGYDRWRQSGERYWQPYALPL 357 FEWTPGYWQPYALPL 358 FEWTPGYWQPY 359 10 FEWTPGYWQJY 360 EWTPGYWQPY 361 FEWTPGWYQJY 362 AEWTPGYWQJY 363 FAWTPGYWQJY 364 15 FEATPGYWQJY 365 FEWAPGYWQJY 366 FEWTAGYWQJY 367 FEWTPAYWQJY 368 FEWTPGAWQJY 369 20 FEWTPGYAQJY 370 FEWTPGYWQJA 371 FEWTGGYWQJY 372 FEWTPGYWQJY 373 FEWTJGYWQJY 374 25 FEVff PecGYWQJY 375 FEWTPAibYWQJY 376 FEWTPSarWYQJY 377 FEWTSarGYWQJY 378 FEWTPNYWQJY 379 30 FEWTPVYWQJY 380 FEWTVPYWQJY 381 AcFEWTPGVVYQJY 382 AcFEVffPGYWQJY 383 INap-EVff PGYYQJY 384 35 YEWTPGYYQJY 385 54 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 FEWVPGYYQJY 386 FEff PGYYQJY 387 FEff PsYYQJY 388 FEWTPnYYQJY 389 5 SHLY-Nap-QPYSVQM 390 TLVY-Nap-LDPYSLQT 391 RGDY-Nap-QPYSVQS 392 NMVY-Nap-QPYSIQT 393 VYWQPYSVQ 394 10 VY-Nap-QPYSVQ 395 TFVYWQJYALPL 396 FEWTPGYYQJ-Bpa 397 XaaFEWTPGYYQJ-Bpa 398 FEWTPGY-Bpa-QJY 399 15 AeFEWTPGY-Bpa-QJY 400 FEWTPG-Bpa-YQJY 401 AcFEWTPG-Bpa-YQJY 402 AcFE-Bpa-TPGYYQJY 403 AcFE-Bpa-TPGYYQJY 404 20 Bpa-EWTPGYYQJY 405 AcBpa-EWTPGYYQJY 406 VYWQPYSVQ 407 RLVYWQPYSVQR 408 RLVY-Nap-QPYSVQR 409 25 RLDYWQPYSVQR 410 RLVWFQPYSVQR 411 RLVYWQPYSIQR 412 DNSSWYDSFLL 413 DNTAWYESFLA 414 30 DNTAWYENFLL 415 PAREDNTAWYDSFLIWC 416 TSEYDNTTWYEKFLASQ 417 SQIPDNTAWYQSFLLHG 418 SPFIDNTAWYENFLLTY 419 35 EQIYDNTAWYDHFLLSY 420 55 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 TPFIDNTAWYENFLLTY 421 TYTYDNTAWYERFLMSY 422 TMTQDNTAWYENFLLSY 423 TIDNTAWYANLVQTYPQ 424 5 TIDNTAWYERFLAQYPD 425 HIDNTAWYENFLLTYTP 426 SQDNTAWYENFLLSYKA 427 QIDNTAWYERFLLQYNA 428 NQDNTAWYESFLLQYNT 429 10 TIDNTAWYENFLLNHNL 430 HYDNTAWYERFLQQGWH 431 ETPFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 432 YIPFTWEESNAYYWQPYALPL 433 DGYDRWRQSGERYWQPYALPL 434 15 pY-INap-pY-QJYALPL 435 TANVSSFEWTPGYWQPYALPL 436 FEWTPGYWQJYALPL 437 FEWTPGYWQPYALPLSD 438 FEWTPGYYQJYALPL 439 20 FEWTPGYWQJY 440 AcFEVVTPGYWQJY 441 AcFEWTPGWYQJY 442 AcFEWTPGYYQJY 443 AcFEWTPaYWQJY 444 25 AcFEWTPaWYQJY 445 AcFEWTPaYYQJY 446 FEWTPGYYQJYALPL 447 FEWTPGYWQJYALPL 448 FEWTPGWYQJYALPL 449 30 TANVSSFEWTPGYWQPYALPL 450 AcFEWTPGYWQJY 451 AcFEWTPGWYQJY 452 AcFEWTPGYYQJY 453 AcFEWTPAYWQJY 454 35 AcFEWTPAWYQJY 455 56 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 AcFEWTPAYYQJY 456 Table 7-TPO-mimetic peptide sequences Sequence/structure SEQ-ID-NO: EGPTLRQWLAARA 457 IEGPTLRQWLAAKA 458 IEGPTLREWLAARA 459 IEGPTLRQWLAARA-A- 460 IEGPTLRQWLAARA IEGPTLRQWLAAKA-A- 461 IEGPTLRQWLAAKA IEGPTLRQCLAARA-A- 462 IEGPTLRQCLAARA IEGPTLRQWLAARA-A-K(BrAc)-A- 463 IEGPTLRQWLAARA IEGPTLRQWLAARA-A-K(PEG)-A- 464 IEGPTLRQWLAARA IEGPTLRQCLAARA-A- 465 IEGPTLRQWLAARA IEGPTLRQCLAARA-A- 466 IEGPTLRQCLAARA IEGPTLRQWLAARA-A- 467 IEGPTLRQULA/AtIA VRDQIXXXL 468 TLREWL 469 GRVRDQVAGW 470 GRVKDQIAQL 471 GVRDQVSWAL 472 ESVREQVMKY 473 SVRSQISASL 474 GVRETVYRHM 475 GVREVIVMIIML 476 GRVRDQIWAAL 477 AGVRDQILIWL 478 GRVRDQIMLSL 479 57 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Sequence/structure SEQ-ID-NO:

GRVRDQI(X)

3 L 480 CTLRQWLQGC 481 CTLQEFLEGC 482 CTRTEWLHGC 483 CTLREWLHGGFC 484 CTLREWVFAGLC 485 CTLRQWLILLGMC 486 CTLAEFLASGVEQC 487 CSLQEFLSHGGYVC 488 CTLREFLDPTTAVC 489 CTLKEWLVSHEVWC 490

CTLREWL(X)

2

-

6 C 491-495 REGPTLRQWM 496 EGPTLRQWLA 497 ERGPFWAKAC 498 REGPRCVMWM 499 CGTEGPTLSTWLDC 500 CEQDGPTLLEWLKC 501 CELVGPSLMSWLTC 502 CLTGPFVTQWLYEC 503 CRAGPTLLEWLTLC 504 CADGPTLREWISFC 505

C(X)

1

-

2

EGPTLREWL(X)

1

-

2 C 506-510 GGCTLREWLHGGFCGG 511 GGCADGPTLREWISFCGG 512 GNADGPTLRQWLEGRRPKN 513 LAIEGPTLRQWLHGNGRDT 514 HGRVGPTLREWKTQVATKK 515 TIKGPTLRQWLKSREHTS 516 ISDGPTLKEWLSVTRGAS 517 SIEGPTLREWLTSRTPHS 518 58 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Table 8-G-CSF-mimetic peptide sequences Sequence/structure SEQ ID NO: EEDCK 519 5 EEDaK 520 pGluEDaK 521 PicSDaK 522 EEDCK-A-EEDCK 523 EEDXK-A-EEDXK 524 10 Table 9-TNF-antagonist peptide sequences Sequence/structure SEQ ID NO: YCFTASENHCY 525 15 YCFTNSENHCY 526 YCFTRSENHCY 527 FCASENHCY 528 YCASENHCY 529 FCNSENHCY 530 20 FCNSENRCY 531 FCNSVENRCY 532 YCSQSVSNDCF 533 FCVSNDRCY 534 YCRKELGQVCY 535 25 YCKEPGQCY 536 YCRKEMGCY 537 FCRKEMGCY 538 YCWSQNLCY 539 YCELSQYLCY 540 30 YCWSQNYCY 541 YCWSQYLCY 542 DFLPHYKNTSLGHRP 543 Table 10-Integrin-binding peptide sequences 59 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Sequence/structure SEQ ID NO:

RX

1 ETX2WX 3 544

RXIETX

2

WX

3 545 5 RGDGX 546 CRGDGXC 547

CX

1

X

2

RLDX

3

X

4 C 548 CARRLDAPC 549 CPSRLDSPC 550 10 X 1

X

2

X

3

RGDX

4

X

5

X

6 551

CX

2

CRGDCX

5 C 552 CDCRGDCFC 553 CDCRGDCLC 554 CLCRGDCIC 555 15 X 1

X

2

DDX

4

X

5

X

7 Xs 556

XIX

2

X

3

DDX

4

X

5

X

6

X

7

X

8 557 CWDDGWL 558 CWDDLWWLC 559 CWDDGLMC 560 20 CWDDGWMC 561 CSWDDGWLC 562 CPDDLWWLC 563 NGR NR GSL NR 25 RGD NR CGRECPRLCQSSC 564 CNGRCVSGCAGRC 565 CLSGSLSC 566 RGD NR 30 NGR NR GSL NR NGRAHA 567 CNGRC 568 CDCRGDCFC 569 35 CGSLVRC 570 60 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 DLXXL 571 RTDLDSLRTYTL 572 RTDLDSLRTY 573 RTDLDSLRT 574 5 RTDLDSLR 575 GDLDLLKLRLTL 576 GDLHSLRQLLSR 577 RDDLHMLRLQLW 578 SSDLHALKKRYG 579 10 RGDLKQLSELTW 580 RGDLAALSAPPV 581 Table 11-Selectin antagonist peptide sequences 15 Sequence/structure SEQ ID NO: DITWDQLWDLMK 582 DITWDELWKIMN 583 DYTWFELWDMMQ 584 QITWAQLWNMMK 585 20 DMTWHDLWTLMS 586 DYSWHDLWEMMS 587 EITWDQLWEVMN 588 HVSWEQLWDIMN 589 HITWDQLWRrMT 590 25 RNMSWLELWEHMK 591 AEWTWDQLWHVMNPAESQ 592 HRAEWLALWEQMSP 593 KKEDWLALWRIMSV 594 ITWDQLWDLMK 595 30 DITWDQLWDLMK 596 DITWDQLWDLMK 597 DITWDQLWDLMK 598 CQNRYTDLVAIQNKNE 599 AENWADNEPNNKRNNED 600 35 RKNNKTWTWVGTKKALTNE 601 61 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 KKALTNEAENWAD 602 CQXRYTDLVAIQNKXE 603 RKXNXXWTWVGTXKXLTEE 604 AENWADGEPNNKXNXED 605 5 CXXXYTXLVAIQNKXE 606 RKXXXXWXWVGTXKXLTXE 607 AXNWXXXEPNNXXXED 608 XKXKTXEAXNWXX 609 10 Table 12-Antipathogenic peptide sequences Sequence/structure SEQ ID NO: GFFALIPKIISSPLFKTLLSAVGSALSSSGGQQ 610 GFFALIPKIISSPLFKTLLSAVGSALSSSGGQE 611 15 GFFALIPKIISSPLFKTLLSAV 612 GFFALIPKIISSPLFKTLLSAV 613 KGFFALIPKIISSPLFKTLLSAV 614 KKGFFALIPKIISSPLFKTLLSAV 615 KKGFFALIPKISSPLFKTLLSAV 616 20 GFFALIPKIIS 617 GIGAVLKVLTTGLPALISWIKRKRQQ 618 GIGAVLKVLTTGLPALISWIKRKRQQ 619 GIGAVLKVLTTGLPALISWIKRKRQQ 620 GIGAVLKVLTTGLPALISWIKR 621 25 AVLKVLTTGLPALISWIKR 622 KLLLLLKLLLLK 623 KLLLKLLLKLLK 624 KLLLKLKLKLLK 625 KKLLKLKLKLKK 626 30 KLLLKLLLKLLK 627 KLLLKLKLKLLK 628 KLLLLK 629 KLLLKLLK 630 KLLLKLKLKLLK 631 35 KLLLKLKLKLLK 632 62 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 KLLLKLKLKLLK 633 KAAAKAAAKAAI( 634 KVVVKVVVKVVK 635 KVVVKVKVKVVK 636 5 KVVVKVKVKVK 637 KVVVKVKVKVVK 638 KLELKL 639 KVLJ]LL 640 LK.LRLL 641 10 KiPLHLL 642 KLILKLVR 643 KVFHLLHL 644 HKFRILKL 645 KPFHILHL 646 15 KliliKIKIKJIK 647 KHIIKKIKIIIK 648 KIUKI~KKIK 649 KIPIKIKIKIPK 650 KJ-PIKKIVK 651 20 RIIIRIRIRIR 652 RIlliRRIRII[R 653 RI[IRIRIRJIR 654 RIVIRIRIRLIR 655 RIIVRIRLRIIR 656 25 RIGIRLRVRIIR 657 KIVIRIRIRLIR 658 RIAVKWVRLRFIK 659 KIGWKLRVRITR 660 KKIGWLIIRVRR 661 30 RIVIRRIRLIRIR 662 RIIVRIRLRIIRVR 663 RIGIRLRVFJIRRV 664 K1VIRURARLIRIRIR 665 RH VKIRLRIIKKIRL 666 35 KIGIKARVRIIRVKII 667 63 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 RIIVHIRLRI~i-HIRL 668 HIGIKCAHVRIIRVII 669 RIYVKIHLRYIKKIR~L 670 KIGHKARVHIIRYKLI 671 5 RIYVKPIHPRYIICKIRL 672 KPGIJKARPHIJ[RYKIII 673 KIVIRIkRRLRIRIIRKIV 674 RlrVKIRLREKKIRLIKA( 675 KIGWKLRVPIIRVKIGRLR 676 10 KI.VIJRIRLIRIRIRKIVKVKRIR 677 RFAVKIRLPIIKKIRUKK1RKRVIK 678 KAGWKLRVRIIRVKIGRLRKIGWKKRVPJK 679 RIYVKPHPRY1KKIRL 680 KPGI]KARPH]IRYKIII 681 15 KIVIRRIRLIRIRRKJIV 682 RIIVKIIRLRIHUUKRLIKK 683 RIYVSKISIYIKKIRL 684 KIVIFTRIRLTSIRIRSrV 685 KJPIIIKARPTIIRYKMVI 686 20 cyclicCKGFFALIPKHSSPLFKTLLSAVC 687 CKKGrFALIPKIISSPLFKTLLSAVC 688 CKKKGFFALIPKIISSPLFKTLLSAVC 689 CyclicCRIVIRIRURLIRIRC 690 Cyc~icCKPGHKA PHiIIRYKIIC 691 25 CylicCRFAVKIRLRIIiKKIRLIKKIRKRVJKC 692 KLLLKLLL KLLKC 693 KLLLKLLLKLLK 694 KLLLKLKLKLLKC 695 KLLLKLLLKLLK 696 30 Table 13-VIP-mimetic peptide sequences Sequence/structure SEQ ID NO: HSDA VFYDNYTR LRKQMAVKKYLN STLN 697 Me HSDAVFYDNYTR LRKQMAVKI(YLN SJLN 698 35 XIx 1 'xI" X 2 699 64 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347

X

3

SX

4 LN 700 KKYL 701 NSILN 702 KKYL 703 5 KKYA 704 AVKKYL 705 NSlLN 706 KKYV 707 SILauN 708 10 KKYLNIe 709 NSYLN 710 NSJYN 711 KKYLPPNSILN 712 LauKKYL 713 15 CapKKYL 714 KYL NR KKYNIe 715 VKKYL 716 LNSILN 717 20 YLNSILN 718 KKYLN 719 KKYLNS 720 KKYLNSI 721 KKYLNSIL 722 25 KKYL 723 KKYDA 724 AVKKYL 725 NSILN 726 KKYV 727 30 SILauN 728 NSYLN 729 NSIYN 730 KKYLNIe 731 KKYLPPNSILN 732 35 KKYL 733 65 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 KKYDA 734 AVKKYL 735 NSILN 736 IKKYV 737 5 SILauN 738 LauKKYL 739 CapKKYL 740 KYL NR KYL NR 10 KKYNIe 741 VKKYL 742 LNSILN 743 YLNSILN 744 KKYLNIe 745 15 KKYLN 746 KKYLNS 747 KKYLNSI 748 KKYLNSIL 749 KKKYLD 750 20 cyclicCKKYLC 751 CKKYLK 752 KKYA 753 WWTDTGLW 754 WWTDDGLW 755 25 WWDTRGLWVWTI 756 FWGNDGIWLESG 757 DWDQFGLWRGAA 758 RWDDNGLWVVVL 759 SGMWSHYGIWMG 760 30 GGRWDQAGLWVA 761 KLWSEQGIWMGE 762 CWSMHGLWLC 763 GCWDNTGIWVPC 764 DWDTRGLWVY 765 35 SLWDENGAWI 766 66 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 KWDDRGLWMH 767 QAWNERGLWT 768 QWDTRGLWVA 769 WNVHGIWQE 770 5 SWDTRGLWVE 771 DWDTRGLWVA 772 SWGRDGLWIE 773 EWTDNGLWAL 774 SWDEKGLWSA 775 10 SWDSSGLWMD 776 Table 14-Mdm/hdm antagonist peptide sequences Sequence/structure SEQ ID NO: TFSDLW 777 15 QETFSDLWKLLP 778 QPTFSDLWKLLP 779 QETFSDYWKLLP 780 QPTFSDYWKLLP 781 MPRFMDYWEGLN 782 20 VQNFIDYWTQQF 783 TGPAFTHYWATF 784 IDRAPTFRDHWFALV 785 PRPALVFADYWETLY 786 PAFSRFWSDLSAGAH 787 25 PAFSRFWSKLSAGAH 788 PXFXDYWXXL 789 QETFSDLWKLLP 790 QPTFSDLWKLLP 791 QETFSDYWKLLP 792 30 QPTFSDYWKLLP 793 Table 15-Calmodulin antagonist peptide sequences Sequence/structure SEQ ID NO: 35 SCVKWGKKEFCGS 794 67 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 SCWKYWGKECGS 795 SCYEWGKLRWCGS 796 SCLRWGKWSNCGS 797 SCWRWGKYQICGS 798 5 SCVSWGALKLCGS 799 SCIRWGQNTFCGS 800 SCWQWGNLKICGS 801 SCVRWGQLSICGS 802 LKKFNARRKLKGAILTTMLAK 803 10 RRWKKNFIAVSAANRFKK 804 RKWQKTGHAVRAIGRLSS 805 ITLKALAALAKKIL 806 KIWSILAPLGTTLVKLVA 807 LKKLLKLLKKLLKL 808 15 LKWKKLLKLLKKLLKKLL 809 AEWPSLTEIKTLSHFSV 810 AEWPSPTRVISTTYFGS 811 AELAHWPPVKTVLRSFT 812 AEGSWLQLLNLMKQMNN 813 20 AEWPSLTEIK 814 Table 16-Mast cell antagonists/Mast cell protease inhibitor peptide sequences Sequence/structure SEQ ID NO: 25 SGSGVLKRPLPILPVTR 815 RWLSSRPLPPLPLPPRT 816 GSGSYDTLALPSLPLHPMSS 817 GSGSYDTRALPSLPLHPMSS 818 GSGSSGVTMYPKLPPHWSMA 819 30 GSGSSGVRMYPKLPPHWSMA 820 GSGSSSMRMVPTIPGSAKHG 821 RNR NR QT NR RQK NR 35 NRQ NR 68 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 RQK NR RNRQKT 822 RNRQ 823 RNRQK 824 5 NRQKT 825 RQKT 826 Table 17-SH3 antagonist peptide sequences 10 Sequence/structure SEQ ID NO: RPLPPLP 827 RELPPLP 828 SPLPPLP 829 GPLPPLP 830 15 RPLPIPP 831 RPLPIPP 832 RRLPPTP 834 RQLPPTP 835 RPLPSRP 836 20 RPLPTRP 837 SRLPPLP 838 RALPSPP 839 RRLPRTP 840 RPVPPIT 841 25 ILAPPVP 842 RPLPMLP 843 RPLPILP 844 RPLPSLP 845 RPLPSLP 846 30 RPLPMIP 847 RPLPLIP 848 RPLPPTP 849 RSLPPLP 850 RPQPPPP 851 35 RQLPIPP 852 69 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 XXXRPLPPLPXP 853 XXXRPLPPIPXX 854 XXXRPLPPLPXX 855 RXXRPLPPLPXP 856 5 RXXRPLPPLPPP 857 PPPYPPPPIPXX 858 PPPYPPPPVPXX 859 LXXRPLPXTP 860 TXXRPLPXLP 861 10 PPX8XPPPTP 862 +PPPPXKPXWL 863 RPXTPR+SXP 864 PPVPPRPXXTL 865 TPTLPTK 866 15 +ODXPLPXLP 867 Table 18-Somatostatin or cortistatin mimetic peptide sequences Sequence/structure SEQID NO: 20 XIX 2 -Asn-Phe-Phe-Trp-Lys-Thr-Phe-X-.Ser-X 4 868 Asp Arg Met Pro Cys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys Lys 869 Met Pro Cys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys Lys 870 Cys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys Lys 871 Asp Arg Met ProCys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys 872 25 Met Pro Cys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys 873 Cys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys 874 Asp Arg Met Pro Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys 875 Met Pro Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys Lys 876 Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys Lys 877 30 Asp Arg Met Pro Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys 878 Met Pro Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys 879 Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Ser Ser Cys 880 Asp Arg Met Pro Cys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys Lys 881 Met Pro Cys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys Lys 882 70 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Cys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys Lys 883 Asp Arg Met Pro Cys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys 884 Met Pro Cys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys 885 Cys Arg Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys 886 5 Asp Arg Met Pro Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys Lys 887 Met Pro Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys Lys 889 Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys Lys 890 Asp Arg Met Pro Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys 891 Met Pro Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys 892 10 Cys Lys Asn Phe Phe Trp Lys Thr Phe Thr Ser Cys 893 Table 19-UKR antagonist peptide sequences Sequence/structure SEQID NO: 15 AEPMPHSLNFSQYLWYT 894 AEHTYSSLWDTYSPLAF 895 AELDLWMRHYPLSFSNR 896 AESSLWTRYAWPSMPSY 897 AEWHPGLSFGSYLWSKT 898 20 AEPALLNWSFFFNPGLH 899 AEWSFYNLHLPEPQTIF 900 AEPLDLWSLYSLPPLAM 901 AEPTLWQLYQFPLRLSG 902 AEISFSELMWLRSTPAF 903 25 AELSEADLWTTWFGMGS 904 AESSLWRIFSPSALMMS 905 AESLPTLTSILWGKESV 906 AETLFMDLWHDKHILLT 907 AEILNFPLWHEPLWSTE 908 30 AESQTGTLNTLFWNTLR 909 AEPVYQYELDSYLRSYY 910 AELDLSTFYDIQYLLRT 911 AEFFKLGPNGYVYLHSA 912 FKLXXXGYVYL 913 35 AESTYHHLSLGYMYTLN 914 71 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 YHXLXXGYMYT 915 72 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Table 20-Macrophage and/or T-cell inhibiting peptide sequences Sequence/structure SEQ ID NO: Xaa-Yaa-Arg NR 5 Arg-Yaa-Xaa NR Xaa-Arg-Yaa NR Yaa-Arg-Xaa NR Ala-Arg NR Arg-Arg NR 10 Asn-Arg NR Asp-Arg NR Cys-Arg NR GIn-Arg NR Glu-Arg NR 15 Gly-Arg NR His-Arg NR Ile-Arg NR Leu-Arg NR Lys-Arg NR 20 Met-Arg NR Phe-Arg NR Ser-Arg NR Thr-Arg NR Trp-Arg NR 25 Tyr-Arg NR Val-Arg NR Ala-Glu-Arg NR Arg-Glu-Arg NR Asn-Glu-Arg NR 30 Asp-Glu-Arg NR Cys-Glu-Arg NR Gln-Glu-Arg NR Glu-Glu-Arg NR Gly-Glu-Arg NR 35 His-Glu-Arg NR 73 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Ile-Glu-Arg NR Leu-Glu-Arg NR Lys-Glu-Arg NR Met-Glu-Arg NR 5 Phe-Glu-Arg NR Pro-Glu-Arg NR Ser-Glu-Arg NR Thr-Glu-Arg NR Trp-Glu-Arg NR 10 Tyr-Glu-Arg NR Val-Glu-Arg NR Arg-Ala NR Arg-Asp NR Arg-Cys NR 15 Arg-Gln NR Arg-Glu NR Arg-Gly NR Arg-His NR Arg-Ile NR 20 Arg-Leu NR Arg-Lys NR Arg-Met NR Arg-Phe NR Arg-Pro NR 25 Arg-Ser NR Arg-Thr NR Arg-Trp NR Arg-Tyr NR Arg-Val NR 30 Arg-Glu-Ala NR Arg-Glu-Asn NR Arg-Glu-Asp NR Arg-Glu-Cys NR Arg-Glu-Gln NR 35 Arg-Glu-Glu NR 74 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Arg-Glu-Gly NR Arg-Glu-}Iis NR Arg-Glu-Ile NR Arg-Glu-Leu NR 5 Arg-Glu-Lys NR Arg-Glu-Met KR Arg-Glu-Phe NR Arg-Glu-Pro KR Arg-Glu-Ser KR 10 Arg-Glu-Thr KR Arg-Glu-Trp NR Arg-Glu-Tyr KR Arg-.Glu-Val KR Ala-Arg-Glu KR 15 Arg-Arg-Glu KR Asn-Arg-Glu NR Asp-Arg-Glu KR Cys-Arg-Glu KR Gln-Arg-Glu KR 20 Glu-Arg-Glu KR Gly-Arg-Glu KR LHis-Arg-Glu NR Ile-Arg-Glu KR Leu-Arg-Glu KR 25 Lys-Arg-Glu KR Met-Arg-Glu KR Phe-Arg-Glu NR Pro-Arg-Glu NR Ser-.Arg-Glu NR 30 Thr-Arg-Glu KR Tip-Arg-Glu KR Tyr-Arg-Glu NR Val-Arg-Glu NR Glu-Arg-Ala NR 35 Glu-Arg-Arg KR 75 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Glu-Arg-Asn NR Glu-Arg-Asp NR Glu-Arg-Cys NR Glu-Arg-Gln NR 5 Glu-Arg-Gly NR Glu-Arg-His NR Glu-Arg-Ile NR Glu-Arg-Leu NR Glu-Arg-Lys NR 10 Glu-Arg-Met NR Glu-Arg-Phe NR Glu-Arg-Pro NR Glu-Arg-Ser NR Glu-Arg-Thr NR 15 Glu-Arg-Trp NR Glu-Arg-Tyr NR Glu-Arg-Val NR Table 21-Additional Exemplary Pharmacologically Active Peptides 20 Sequence/Structure SEQ ID NO: Activity VEPNCDIHVMWEWECFERL 916 VEGF-antagonist GERWCFDGPLTWVCGEES 917 VEGF-antagonist 25 RGWVEICVADDNGMCVTEAQ 918 VEGF-antagonist GWDECDVARMWEWECFAGV 919 VEGF- antagonist GERWCFDGPRAWVCGWEI 920 VEGF- antagonist EELWCFDGPRAWVCGYVK 921 VEGF- antagonist RGWVEICAADDYGRCLTEAQ 922 VEGF- antagonist 30 RGWVEICESDVWGRCL 923 VEGF- antagonist RGWVEICESDVWGRCL 924 VEGF- antagonist GGNECDIARMWEWECFERL 925 VEGF- antagonist RGWVEICAADDYGRCL 926 VEGF-antagonist CTTHWGFTLC 927 MMP inhibitor 35 CLRSGXGC 928 MMP inhibitor 76 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 CXXHWGFXXC 929 MMP inhibitor CXPXC 930 MMP inhibitor CRRHWGFEFC 931 MMP inhibitor STTHWGFTLS 932 MMP inhibitor 5 CSLHWGFWWC 933 CTLA4-mimetic GFVCSGIFAVGVGRC 934 CTLA4-mimetic APGVRLGCAVLGRYC 935 CTLA4-mimetic LLGRMK 936 Antiviral (HBV) ICVVQDWGHHRCTAGHMANLTSHASAI 937 C3b antagonist 10 ICVVQDWGHHRCT 938 C3b antagonist CVVQDWGHHAC 939 C3b antagonist STGGFDDVYDWARGVSSALTTTLVATR 940 Vinculin-binding STGGFDDVYDWARRVSSALTTTLVATR 941 Vinculin-binding SRGVNFSEWLYDMSAAMKEASNVFPSRRSR 942 Vinculin-binding 15 SSQNWDMEAGVEDLTAAMLGLLSTIHSSSR 943 Vinculin-binding SSPSLYTQFLVNYESAATRIQDLLIASRPSR 944 Vinculin-binding SUGMIDILLGAILQRAADATRTSIPIPSLQNSIR 945 Vinculin-binding DVYTKKELIECARRVSEK 946 Vinculin-binding EKGSYYPGSGIAQFHIDYNNVS 947 C4BP-binding 20 SGIAQFHIDYNNVSSAEGWHVN 948 C41BP-binding LVTVEKGSYYPGSGIAQFHDYNNVSSAEGWHVN 949 4BP-binding SGIAQFHIDYNNVS 950 C4BP-binding LLGRMK 951 anti-HBV ALLGRMKG 952 anti-HBV 25 LDPAFIR 953 anti-HBV CXXRGDC 954 Inhibition of platelet aggrepation RPLPPLP 955 Src antagonist PPVPPR 956 Src antagonist XFXDXWXXLXX 957 Anti-cancer 30 KACRRLFGPVDSEQLSRDCD 958 p 1 6-mimetic RERWNFDFVTETPLEGDFAW 959 pl 6-mimetic KRRQTSMTDFYHSKRRLIFS 960 pl 6-mimetic TSMTDFYHSKRRLIFSKRKP 961 pl 6-mimetic RRLIF 962 p16-mimetic 35 KRRQTSATDFYHSKRRLIFSRQIKIWFQNRRMKWKK 963 p16-mimetic 77 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 KRRLIFSKRQIKIWFQNRRMKWKK 964 p 1 6-mimetic Asn Gin Gly Arg His Phe Cys Gly Gly Ala Leu Ile His Ala Arq Phe Val Met Thr Ala Ala Ser Cys Phe Gln 965 CAP37 mimetic/LPs bindin Arg His Phe Cys Gly Gly Ala Leu Ile His Ala Arg Phe Val Met Thr Ala Ala Ser Cys 499 5 CAP37 mimetic/LPS binding Gly Thr Arg Cys Gin Val Ala Gly Trp Gly Ser Gln Arg Ser Gly Gly Arg Leu Ser Arg Phe Pro Arg Phe Val Asn Val 966 CAP37 mimetic/LPS binding WHWRHRIPLQLAAGR 967 carbohydrate (GD 1 alpha) mimetic LKTPRV 968 132GPI Ab binding 10 NTLKTPRV 969 132GPI Ab binding NTLKTPRVGGC 970 02GPI Ab binding KDKATF 971 02GPI Ab binding KDKATFGCHD 972 P2GPl Ab binding KDKATFGCHDGC 973 02GPI Ab binding 15 TLRVYK 974 02GPI Ab binding ATLRVYKG 975 02GPI Ab binding CATLRVYKGG 976 132GPI Ab binding INLKALAALAKKIL 977 Membrane transporting GWT NR Membrane transporting 20 GWTLNSAGYLLG 978 Membrane transporting GWTLNSAGYLLGKJNLKALAALAKcL 979 Membrane transporting The present invention is also particularly useful with peptides having activity in treatment of: a VEGF related condition, e.g., but not limited to, cancer, wherein the peptide is a 25 VEGF-mimetic or a VEGF receptor antagonist, a HER2 agonist or antagonist, a CD20 antagonist and the like; asthma, wherein the protein of interest is a CKR3 antagonist, an 11L-5 receptor antagonist, and the like; thrombosis, wherein the protein of interest is a GPI~b antagonist, a GPIla antagonist, and the like; autoimmune diseases and other conditions involving immune modulation, wherein the protein of interest is an IL-2 receptor antagonist, a 30 CD40 agonist or antagonist, a CD40L agonist or antagonist, a thymopoietin mimetic and the like. For example, EPO biological activities are well known in the art. See, e.g., Anagnostou A et al Erythropoietin has a mitogenic and positive chemotactic effect on endothelial cells. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science (USA) 87: 5978-82 (1990); Fandrey J and Jelkman WE lInterleukin 1 and 35 tumor necrosis factor-alpha inhibit erythropoietin production in vitro. Annals of the New York Academy 78 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 of Science 628: 250-5 (1991); Geissler K et al Recombinant human erythropoietin: A multipotential hemopoietic growth factor in vivo and in vitro. Contrib. Nephrol. 87: 1-10 (1990); Gregory CJ Erythropoietin sensitivity as a differentiation marker in the hemopoietic system. Studies of three erythropoietic colony responses in culture. Journal of Cellular Physiology 89: 289-301 (1976); Jelkman W 5 et al Monokines inhibiting erythropoietin production in human hepatoma cultures and in isolated perfused rat kidneys. Life Sci. 50: 301-8 (1992); Kimata H et al Human recombinant erythropoietin directly stimulates B cell immunoglobulin production and proliferation in serum-free medium. Clinical and Experimental hnmunology 85: 151-6 (1991); Kimata H et al Erythropoietin enhances immunoglobulin production and proliferation by human plasma cells in a serum-free medium. Clin. Immunology 10 Immunopathol. 59: 495-501 (1991); Kimata H et al Effect of recombinant human erythropoietin on human IgE production in vitro Clinical and Experimental Immunology 83: 483-7 (1991); Koury MJ and Bondurant MC Erythropoietin retards DNA breakdown and prevents programmed cell death in erythroid progenitor cells. Science 248: 378-81 (1990); Lim VS et al Effect of recombinant human erythropoietin on renal function in humans. Kidney International 37: 131-6 (1990); Mitjavila MT et al Autocrine 15 stimulation by erythropoietin and autonomous growth of human erythroid leukemic cells in vitro. Journal of Clinical Investigation 88: 789-97 (1991); Andre M et al Performance of an immunoradiometric assay of erythropoietin and results for specimens from anemic and polycythemic patients. Clinical Chemistry 38: 758-63 (1992); Hankins WD et al Erythropoietin-dependent and erythropoietin-producing cell lines. Implications for research and for leukemia therapy. Annals of the New York Academy of Science 554: 20 21-8 (1989); Kendall RGT et al Storage and preparation of samples for erythropoietin radioimmunoassay. Clin. Lab. Haematology 13: 189-96 (1991); Krumvieh D et al Comparison of relevant biological assays for the determination of biological active erythropoietin. Dev. Biol. Stand. 69: 15-22 (1988); Ma DD et al Assessment of an EIA for measuring human serum erythropoietin as compared with RIA and an in-vitro bioassay. British Journal of Haematology 80: 431-6 (1992); Noe G et al A sensitive sandwich ELISA for 25 measuring erythropoietin in human serum British Journal of Haematology 80: 285-92 (1992); Pauly JU et al Highly specific and highly sensitive enzyme immunoassays for antibodies to human interleukin 3 (IL3) and human erythropoietin (EPO) in serum. Bearing Institut Mitteilungen 90: 112-25 (1991); Sakata S and Enoki Y Improved microbioassay for plasma erythropoietin based on CFU-E colony formation. Ann. Hematology 64: 224-30 (1992); Sanengen T et al Immunoreactive erythropoietin and erythropoiesis 30 stimulating factor(s) in plasma from hypertransfused neonatal and adult mice. Studies with a radioimmunoassay and a cell culture assay for erythropoietin. Acta Physiol. Scand. 135: 11-6 (1989); Widness JA et al A sensitive and specific erythropoietin immunoprecipitation assay: application to pharmacokinetic studies. Journal of Lab. Clin. Med. 119: 285-94 (1992); for further information see also individual cell lines used in individual bioassays. Each of the above references are entirely incorporated 35 herein by reference. EPO can be assayed by employing cell lines such as HCD57 , NFS-60 , TF-1 and 79 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 UT-7 , which respond to the factor. EPO activity can be assessed also in a Colony formation assay by determining the number of CFU-E from bone marrow cells. An alternative and entirely different detection method is RT-PCR quantitation of cytokines. A CHI-deleted mimetibody, or specified portion or variant thereof, that partially or preferably 5 substantially provides at least one biological activity of at least one protein or fragment, can bind the protein or fragment ligand and thereby provide at least one activity that is otherwise mediated through the binding of protein to at least one protein ligand or receptor or through other protein-dependent or mediated mechanisms. As used herein, the term "CH1-deleted mimetibody activity" refers to a CHI deleted mimetibody that can modulate or cause at least one protein-dependent activity by about 20 10 10,000%, preferably by at least about 60, 70, 80, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000 % or more depending on the assay. The capacity of a CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant to provide at least one protein-dependent activity is preferably assessed by at least one suitable protein biological assay, 15 as described herein and/or as known in the art. A human CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the invention can be similar to any class (IgG, IgA, IgM, etc.) or isotype and can comprise at least a portion of a kappa or lambda light chain, wherein at least one of the LBRs is replaced by at least one LBR as described herein. In one embodiment, the human CHi-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant comprises an IgG heavy chain or defined fragment, for example, at least 20 one of isotypes, IgGI, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4. In another embodiment, the human protein human CHI deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant thereof comprises an IgG1 heavy chain and an IgGI light chain. At least one CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the invention binds at least one specified ligand specific to at least one protein, subunit, fragment, portion or any 25 combination thereof. The at least one LBR of at least one CHi-deleted mimetibody, specified portion or variant of the present invention can optionally bind at least one specified ligand epitope of the ligand. The binding epitope can comprise any combination of at least one amino acid sequence of at least 1-3 amino acids to the entire specified portion of contiguous amino acids of the sequences selected from the group consisting of a protein ligand, such as a receptor or portion thereof. 30 Generally, the CHI -deleted mimetibody or ligand-binding fragment of the present invention can comprise a ligand binding region (LBR) (e.g., LBR1, LBR2 and LBR3) or variant provided in at least one heavy chain variable region and at least one ligand binding region (LBR1, LBR2 and LBR3) or variant provided in at least one light chain variable region. As a non-limiting example, the CHi deleted mimetibody or ligand-binding portion or variant can comprise at least one of the heavy chain 80 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 LBR3, and/or a light chain LBR3. In a particular embodiment, the CHI-deleted mimetibody or ligand binding fragment can have an ligand-binding region that comprises at least a portion of at least one heavy chain LBR (i.e., LBR1, LBR2 and/or LBR3) having the amino acid sequence of the corresponding LBRs 1, 2 and/or 3. In another particular embodiment, the CHi-deleted mimetibody or 5 ligand-binding portion or variant can have an ligand-binding region that comprises at least a portion of at least one light chain LBR (i.e., LBR1, LBR2 and/or LBR3) having the amino acid sequence of the corresponding LBRs 1, 2 and/or 3. Such mimetibodies can be prepared by joining together the various portions (e.g., LBRs, framework) of the CHI-deleted mimetibody using known techniques, by preparing and expressing at least one (i.e., one or more) nucleic acid molecules that encode the CHI 10 deleted mimetibody, using known techniques of recombinant DNA technology or by using any other suitable method, such as chemical synthesis. The CHI -deleted mimetibody can comprise at least one of a heavy or light chain variable region having a defined amino acid sequence. Mimetibodies that bind to human protein ligands or receptors and that comprise a defined heavy or light chain variable region can be prepared using 15 suitable methods, such as phage display (Katsube, Y., et al., Int JMol. Med, 1(5):863-868 (1998)) or methods that employ transgenic animals, as known in the art and/or as described herein. The CH1 deleted mimetibody, specified portion or variant can be expressed using the encoding nucleic acid or portion thereof in a suitable host cell. The invention also relates to mimetibodies, ligand-binding fragments, immunoglobulin chains 20 and LBRs comprising amino acids in a sequence that is substantially the same as an amino acid sequence described herein. Preferably, such mimetibodies or ligand-binding fragments and mimetibodies comprising such chains or LBRs can bind human protein ligands with high affinity (e.g., KD less than or equal to about 10-9 M). Amino acid sequences that are substantially the same as the sequences described herein include sequences comprising conservative amino acid substitutions, as 25 well as amino acid deletions and/or insertions. A conservative amino acid substitution refers to the replacement of a first amino acid by a second amino acid that has chemical and/or physical properties (e.g., charge, structure, polarity, hydrophobicity/ hydrophilicity) that are similar to those of the first amino acid. Conservative substitutions include replacement of one amino acid by another within the following groups: lysine (K), arginine (R) and histidine (H); aspartate (D) and glutamate (E); 30 asparagine (N), glutamine (Q), serine (S), threonine (T), tyrosine (Y), K, R, H, D and E; alanine (A), valine (V), leucine (L), isoleucine (I), proline (P), phenylalanine (F), tryptophan (W), methionine (M), cysteine (C) and glycine (G); F, W and Y; C, S and T. Amino Acid Codes The amino acids that make up mimetibodies or specified portions or variants of the present 81 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 invention are often abbreviated. The amino acid designations can be indicated by designating the amino acid by its single letter code, its three letter code, name, or three nucleotide codon(s) as is well understood in the art (see Alberts, B., et al., Molecular Biology of The Cell, Third Ed., Garland Publishing, Inc., New York, 1994): 5 SINGLE LETTER THREE LETTER NAME THREE NUCLEOTIDE CODE CODE CODON(S) A Ala Alanine GCA, GCC, GCG, GCU C Cys Cysteine UGC, UGU D Asp Aspartic acid GAC, GAU E Glu Glutamic acid GAA, GAG F Phe Phenylanine UUC, UUU G Gly Glycine GGA, GGC, GGG, GGU H His Histidine CAC, CAU I Ile Isoleucine AUA, AUC, AUU K Lys Lysine AAA, AAG L Leu Leucine UUA, UUG, CUA, CUC, CUG, CUU M Met Methionine AUG N Asn Asparagine AAC, AAU P Pro Proline CCA, CCC, CCG, CCU Q Gln Glutamine CAA, CAG R Arg Arginine AGA, AGG, CGA, CGC, CGG, CGU S Ser Serine AGC, AGU, UCA, UCC, UCG, UCU T Thr Threonine ACA, ACC, ACG, ACU V Val Valine GUA, GUC, GUG, GUU W Trp Tryptophan UGG Y Tyr Tyrosine UAC, UAU A CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present invention can include one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions, either from natural mutations or human manipulation, as specified herein. 10 Of course, the number of amino acid substitutions a skilled artisan would make depends on many factors, including those described above. Generally speaking, the number of amino acid substitutions, insertions or deletions for at least one of a CHI-deleted mimetibody LBR, variable, constant, light or heavy chain, or Ig will not be more than 40, 30, 20,19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 amino acids, such as 1-30 or any range or value therein, as specified herein. 15 Amino acids in a CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present invention that are essential for function can be identified by methods known in the art, such as site directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (e.g., Ausubel, supra, Chapters 8, 15; 82 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081-1085 (1989)). The latter procedure introduces single alanine mutations at every residue in the molecule. The resulting mutant molecules are then tested for biological activity, such as, but not limited to at least one protein related activity, as specified herein or as known in the art. Sites that are critical for CHl1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant 5 binding can also be identified by structural analysis such as crystallization, nuclear magnetic resonance or photoaffinity labeling (Smith, et al., J. Mol. Biol. 224:899-904 (1992) and de Vos, et al., Science 255:306-312 (1992)). Mimetibodies or specified portions or variants of the present invention can comprise as the Pep portion of Formula (I), but are not limited to, at least one portion, sequence or combination selected 10 from 3 to all the of at least one of SEQ ID NOS: 1-979. Non-limiting variants that can enhance or maintain at least one of the listed activities include, but are not limited to, any of the above polypeptides, further comprising at least one mutation corresponding to at least one substitution, insertion or deletion that does not significantly affect the suitable biological activtities or functions of said CHI-deleted mimetibody. 15 A CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant can further optionally comprise at least one functional portion of at least one polypeptide as Pep portion of Formula (I), at least one of 90 100% of SEQID NOS:1-1109. A CHl-deleted mimetibody can further optionally comprise an amino acid sequence for the Pep portion of Formula (I), selected from one or more of SEQID NOS: 1-1109. In one embodiment, the Pep amino acid sequence of an immunoglobulin chain, or portion 20 thereof (e.g., comprising at least one specified variable region, LBR) has about 90-100% identity (i.e., 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100 or any range or value therein) to the corresponding amino acid sequence of the corresponding portion of at least one of SEQ ID NOS: 1-979. Preferably, 90 100% amino acid identity (i.e., 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100 or any range or value therein) is determined using a suitable computer algorithm, as known in the art. 25 Mimetibodies or specified portions or variants of the present invention can comprise any number of contiguous amino acid residues from a CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present invention, wherein that number is selected from the group of integers consisting of from 10-100% of the number of contiguous residues in a CH1-deleted mimetibody. Optionally, this subsequence of contiguous amino acids is at least about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 30 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250 or more amino acids in length, or any range or value therein. Further, the number of such subsequences can be any integer selected from the group consisting of from 1 to 20, such as at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more. 83 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 As those of skill will appreciate, the present invention includes at least one biologically active CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present invention. Biologically active mimetibodies or specified portions or variants have a specific activity at least 20%, 30%, or 40%, and preferably at least 50%, 60%, or 70%, and most preferably at least 80%, 90%, or 95%-1000% of that of 5 the native (non-synthetic), endogenous or related and known inserted or fused protein or specified portion or variant. Methods of assaying and quantifying measures of enzymatic activity and substrate specificity are well known to those of skill in the art. In another aspect, the invention relates to human mimetibodies and ligand-binding fragments, as described herein, which are modified by the covalent attachment of an organic moiety. Such 10 modification can produce a CHI-deleted mimetibody or ligand-binding fragment with improved pharmacokinetic properties (e.g., increased in vivo serum half-life). The organic moiety can be a linear or branched hydrophilic polymeric group, fatty acid group, or fatty acid ester group. In particular embodiments, the hydrophilic polymeric group can have a molecular weight of about 800 to about 120,000 Daltons and can be a polyalkane glycol (e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol 15 (PPG)), carbohydrate polymer, amino acid polymer or polyvinyl pyrolidone, and the fatty acid or fatty acid ester group can comprise from about eight to about forty carbon atoms. The modified mimetibodies and ligand-binding fragments of the invention can comprise one or more organic moieties that are covalently bonded, directly or indirectly, to the CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant. Each organic moiety that is bonded to a CH1-deleted 20 mimetibody or ligand-binding fragment of the invention can independently be a hydrophilic polymeric group, a fatty acid group or a fatty acid ester group. As used herein, the term "fatty acid" encompasses mono-carboxylic acids and di-carboxylic acids. A "hydrophilic polymeric group," as the term is used herein, refers to an organic polymer that is more soluble in water than in octane. For example, polylysine is more soluble in water than in octane. Thus, a CHI -deleted mimetibody modified by the 25 covalent attachment of polylysine is encompassed by the invention. Hydrophilic polymers suitable for modifying mimetibodies of the invention can be linear or branched and include, for example, polyalkane glycols (e.g., PEG, monomethoxy-polyethylene glycol (mPEG), PPG and the like), carbohydrates (e.g., dextran, cellulose, oligosaccharides, polysaccharides and the like), polymers of hydrophilic amino acids (e.g., polylysine, polyarginine, polyaspartate and the like), polyalkane oxides 30 (e.g., polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide and the like) and polyvinyl pyrolidone. Preferably, the hydrophilic polymer that modifies the CH1 -deleted mimetibody of the invention has a molecular weight of about 800 to about 150,000 Daltons as a separate molecular entity. For example, PEG 2 500 ,

PEG

5 0 00 , PEG 7 5 00 , PEGooo, PEG 0 oooo, PEG 1 2 50 , PEG 1 500 0 , and PEG 20

,

000 , wherein the subscript is the average molecular weight of the polymer in Daltons, can be used. 35 The hydrophilic polymeric group can be substituted with one to about six alkyl, fatty acid or 84 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 fatty acid ester groups. Hydrophilic polymers that are substituted with a fatty acid or fatty acid ester group can be prepared by employing suitable methods. For example, a polymer comprising an amine group can be coupled to a carboxylate of the fatty acid or fatty acid ester, and an activated carboxylate (e.g., activated with NN-carbonyl diimidazole) on a fatty acid or fatty acid ester can be coupled to a 5 hydroxyl group on a polymer. Fatty acids and fatty acid esters suitable for modifying mimetibodies of the invention can be saturated or can contain one or more units of unsaturation. Fatty acids that are suitable for modifying mimetibodies of the invention include, for example, n-dodecanoate (C 12 , laurate), n-tetradecanoate

(C

1 4 , myristate), n-octadecanoate (Cis, stearate), n-eicosanoate (C 2 0 , arachidate), n-docosanoate (C 22 , 10 behenate), n-triacontanoate (C 30 ), n-tetracontanoate (C 40 ), cis-A9-octadecanoate (Cis, oleate), all cis-A 5,8,11,14-eicosatetraenoate

(C

20 , arachidonate), octanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, docosanedioic acid, and the like. Suitable fatty acid esters include mono-esters of dicarboxylic acids that comprise a linear or branched lower alkyl group. The lower alkyl group can comprise from one to about twelve, preferably one to about six, carbon atoms. 15 The modified human mimetibodies and ligand-binding fragments can be prepared using suitable methods, such as by reaction with one or more modifying agents. A "modifying agent" as the term is used herein, refers to a suitable organic group (e.g., hydrophilic polymer, a fatty acid, a fatty acid ester) that comprises an activating group. An "activating group" is a chemical moiety or functional group that can, under appropriate conditions, react with a second chemical group thereby 20 forming a covalent bond between the modifying agent and the second chemical group. For example, amine-reactive activating groups include electrophilic groups such as tosylate, mesylate, halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo), N-hydroxysuccinimidyl esters (NHS), and the like. Activating groups that can react with thiols include, for example, maleimide, iodoacetyl, acrylolyl, pyridyl disulfides, 5-thiol-2 nitrobenzoic acid thiol (TNB-thiol), and the like. An aldehyde functional group can be coupled to 25 amine- or hydrazide-containing molecules, and an azide group can react with a trivalent phosphorous group to form phosphoramidate or phosphorimide linkages. Suitable methods to introduce activating groups into molecules are known in the art (see for example, Hermanson, G. T., Bioconjugate Techniques, Academic Press: San Diego, CA (1996)). An activating group can be bonded directly to the organic group (e.g., hydrophilic polymer, fatty acid, fatty acid ester), or through a linker moiety, for 30 example a divalent C 1

-C

12 group wherein one or more carbon atoms can be replaced by a heteroatom such as oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur. Suitable linker moieties include, for example, tetraethylene glycol,

-(CH

2

)

3 -, -NH-(CH 2

)

6 -NH-, -(CH 2

)

2 -NH- and -CH 2

-O-CH

2

-CH

2

-O-CH

2

-CH

2 -O-CH-NH-. Modifying agents that comprise a linker moiety can be produced, for example, by reacting a mono-Boc alkyldiamine (e.g., mono-Boc-ethylenediamine, mono-Boc-diaminohexane) with a fatty acid in the 85 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 presence of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDC) to form an amide bond between the free amine and the fatty acid carboxylate. The Boc protecting group can be removed from the product by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) to expose a primary amine that can be coupled to another carboxylate as described, or can be reacted with maleic anhydride and the resulting product 5 cyclized to produce an activated maleimido derivative of the fatty acid. (See, for example, Thompson, et al., WO 92/16221 the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference.) The modified mimetibodies of the invention can be produced by reacting an human CHI deleted mimetibody or ligand-binding fragment with a modifying agent. For example, the organic moieties can be bonded to the CHI -deleted mimetibody in a non-site specific manner by employing an 10 amine-reactive modifying agent, for example, an NHS ester of PEG. Modified human mimetibodies or ligand-binding fragments can also be prepared by reducing disulfide bonds (e.g., intra-chain disulfide bonds) of a CHI-deleted mimetibody or ligand-binding fragment. The reduced CHI-deleted mimetibody or ligand-binding fragment can then be reacted with a thiol-reactive modifying agent to produce the modified CHI-deleted mimetibody of the invention. Modified human mimetibodies and 15 ligand-binding fragments comprising an organic moiety that is bonded to specific sites of a CHI deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present invention can be prepared using suitable methods, such as reverse proteolysis (Fisch et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 3:147-153 (1992); Werlen et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 5:411-417 (1994); Kumaran et al., Protein Sci. 6(10):2233-2241 (1997); Itoh et al., Bioorg. Chem., 24(1): 59-68 (1996); Capellas et al., Biotechnol. Bioeng., 56(4):456 20 463 (1997)), and the methods described in Hermanson, G. T., Bioconjugate Techniques, Academic Press: San Diego, CA (1996). CH1-DELETED MIMETIBODY COMPOSITIONS The present invention also provides at least one CHl-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition comprising at least one, at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at 25 least six or more mimetibodies or specified portions or variants thereof, as described herein and/or as known in the art that are provided in a non-naturally occurring composition, mixture or form. Such composition percentages are by weight, volume, concentration, molarity, or molality as liquid or dry solutions, mixtures, suspension, emulsions or colloids, as known in the art or as described herein. Such compositions can comprise 0.00001-99.9999 percent by weight, volume, concentration, molarity, 30 or molality as liquid, gas, or dry solutions, mixtures, suspension, emulsions or colloids, as known in the art or as described herein, on any range or value therein, such as but not limited to 0.00001, 0.00003, 0.00005, 0.00009, 0.0001, 0.0003, 0.0005, 0.0009, 0.001, 0.003, 0.005, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.05, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 35 4.9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 86 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 99.1, 99.2, 99.3, 99.4, 99.5, 99.6, 99.7, 99.8, 99.9 %. Such compositions of the present invention thus include but are not limited to 0.00001-100 mg/ml and/or 0.00001-100 mg/g. The composition can optionally further comprise an effective amount of at least one compound 5 or protein selected from at least one of an anti-infective drug, a cardiovascular (CV) system drug, a central nervous system (CNS) drug, an autonomic nervous system (ANS) drug, a respiratory tract drug, a gastrointestinal (GI) tract drug, a hormonal drug, a drug for fluid or electrolyte balance, a hematologic drug, an antineoplactic, an immunomodulation drug, an ophthalmic, otic or nasal drug, a topical drug, a nutritional drug or the like. Such drugs are well known in the art, including 10 formulations, indications, dosing and administration for each presented herein (see, e.g., Nursing 2001 Handbook of Drugs, 2lst edition, Springhouse Corp., Springhouse, PA, 2001; Health Professional's Drug Guide 2001, ed., Shannon, Wilson, Stang, Prentice-Hall, Inc, Upper Saddle River, NJ; Pharmcotherapy Handbook, Wells et al., ed., Appleton & Lange, Stamford, CT, each entirely incorporated herein by reference). 15 The anti-infective drug can be at least one selected from amebicides or at least one antiprotozoals, anthelmintics, antifungals, antimalarials, antituberculotics or at least one antileprotics, aminoglycosides, penicillins, cephalosporins, tetracyclines, sulfonamides, fluoroquinolones, antivirals, macrolide anti-infectives, miscellaneous anti-infectives. The CV drug can be at least one selected from inotropics, antiarrhythmics, antianginals, antihypertensives, antilipemics, and miscellaneous 20 cardiovascular drugs. The CNS drug can be at least one selected from nonnarcotic analgesics or at least one selected from antipyretics, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, narcotic or at least one opiod analgesics, sedative-hypnotics, anticonvulsants, antidepressants, antianxiety drugs, antipsychotics, central nervous system stimulants, antiparkinsonians, miscellaneous central nervous system drugs. The ANS drug can be at least one selected from cholinergics (parasympathomimetics), 25 anticholinergics, adrenergics (sympathomimetics), adrenergic blockers (sympatholytics), skeletal muscle relaxants, neuromuscular blockers. The respiratory tract drug can be at least one selected from antihistamines, bronchodilators, expectorants or at least one antitussives, miscellaneous respiratory drugs. The GI tract drug can be at least one selected from antacids or at least one adsorbents or at least one antiflatulents, digestive enzymes or at least one gallstone solubilizers, antidiarrheals, laxatives, 30 antiemetics, antiulcer drugs. The hormonal drug can be at least one selected from corticosteroids, androgens or at least one anabolic steroids, estrogens or at least one progestins, gonadotropins, antidiabetic drugs or at least one glucagon, thyroid hormones, thyroid hormone antagonists, pituitary hormones, parathyroid-like drugs. The drug for fluid and electrolyte balance can be at least one selected from diuretics, electrolytes or at least one replacement solutions, acidifiers or at least one 35 alkalinizers. The hematologic drug can be at least one selected from hematinics, anticoagulants, blood 87 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 derivatives, thrombolytic enzymes. The antineoplastics can be at least one selected from alkylating drugs, antimetabolites, antibiotic antineoplastics, antineoplastics that alter hormone balance, miscellaneous antineoplastics. The immunomodulation drug can be at least one selected from immunosuppressants, vaccines or at least one toxoids, antitoxins or at least one antivenins, immune 5 serums, biological response modifiers. The ophthalmic, otic, and nasal drugs can be at least one selected from ophthalmic anti-infectives, ophthalmic anti-inflammatories, miotics, mydriatics, ophthalmic vasoconstrictors, miscellaneous ophthalmics, otics, nasal drugs. The topical drug can be at least one selected from local anti-infectives, scabicides or at least one pediculicides, topical corticosteroids. The nutritional drug can be at least one selected from vitamins, minerals, or calorics. 10 See, e.g., contents ofNursing 2001 Drug Handbook, supra. The at least one amebicide or antiprotozoal can be at least one selected from atovaquone, chloroquine hydrochloride, chloroquine phosphate, metronidazole, metronidazole hydrochloride, pentamidine isethionate. The at least one anthelmintic can be at least one selected from mebendazole, pyrantel pamoate, thiabendazole. The at least one antifungal can be at least one selected from 15 amphotericin B, amphotericin B cholesteryl sulfate complex, amphotericin B lipid complex, amphotericin B liposomal, fluconazole, flucytosine, griseofulvin microsize, griseofulvin ultramicrosize, itraconazole, ketoconazole, nystatin, terbinafine hydrochloride. The at least one antimalarial can be at least one selected from chloroquine hydrochloride, chloroquine phosphate, doxycycline, hydroxychloroquine sulfate, mefloquine hydrochloride, primaquine phosphate, 20 pyrimethamine, pyrimethamine with sulfadoxine. The at least one antituberculotic or antileprotic can be at least one selected from clofazimine, cycloserine, dapsone, ethambutol hydrochloride, isoniazid, pyrazinamide, rifabutin, rifampin, rifapentine, streptomycin sulfate. The at least one aminoglycoside can be at least one selected from amikacin sulfate, gentamicin sulfate, neomycin sulfate, streptomycin sulfate, tobramycin sulfate. The at least one penicillin can be at least one selected from 25 amoxcillin/clavulanate potassium, amoxicillin trihydrate, ampicillin, ampicillin sodium, ampicillin trihydrate, ampicillin sodium/sulbactam sodium, cloxacillin sodium, dicloxacillin sodium, mezlocillin sodium, nafcillin sodium, oxacillin sodium, penicillin G benzathine, penicillin G potassium, penicillin G procaine, penicillin G sodium, penicillin V potassium, piperacillin sodium, piperacillin sodium/tazobactam sodium, ticarcillin disodium, ticarcillin disodium/clavulanate potassium. The at 3 0 least one cephalosporin can be at least one selected from at least one of cefaclor, cefadroxil, cefazolin sodium, cefdinir, cefepime hydrochloride, cefixime, cefmetazole sodium, cefonicid sodium, cefoperazone sodium, cefotaxime sodium, cefotetan disodium, cefoxitin sodium, cefpodoxime proxetil, cefprozil, ceftazidime, ceftibuten, ceftizoxime sodium, ceftriaxone sodium, cefuroxime axetil, cefuroxime sodium, cephalexin hydrochloride, cephalexin monohydrate, cephradine, loracarbef. The 35 at least one tetracycline can be at least one selected from demeclocycline hydrochloride, doxycycline 88 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 calcium, doxycycline hyclate, doxycycline hydrochloride, doxycycline monohydrate, minocycline hydrochloride, tetracycline hydrochloride. The at least one sulfonamide can be at least one selected from co-trimoxazole, sulfadiazine, sulfamethoxazole, sulfisoxazole, sulfisoxazole acetyl. The at least one fluoroquinolone can be at least one selected from alatrofloxacin mesylate, ciprofloxacin, enoxacin, 5 levofloxacin, lomefloxacin hydrochloride, nalidixic acid, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, sparfloxacin, trovafloxacin mesylate. The at least one fluoroquinolone can be at least one selected from alatrofloxacin mesylate, ciprofloxacin, enoxacin, levofloxacin, lomefloxacin hydrochloride, nalidixic acid, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, sparfloxacin, trovafloxacin mesylate. The at least one antiviral can be at least one selected from abacavir sulfate, acyclovir sodium, amantadine hydrochloride, amprenavir, 10 cidofovir, delavirdine mesylate, didanosine, efavirenz, famciclovir, fomivirsen sodium, foscarnet sodium, ganciclovir, indinavir sulfate, lamivudine, lamivudine/zidovudine, nelfinavir mesylate, nevirapine, oseltamivir phosphate, ribavirin, rimantadine hydrochloride, ritonavir, saquinavir, saquinavir mesylate, stavudine, valacyclovir hydrochloride, zalcitabine, zanamivir, zidovudine. The at least one macroline anti-infective can be at least one selected from azithromycin, clarithromycin, 15 dirithromycin, erythromycin base, erythromycin estolate, erythromycin ethylsuccinate, erythromycin lactobionate, erythromycin stearate. The at least one miscellaneous anti-infective can be at least one selected from aztreonam, bacitracin, chloramphenicol sodium sucinate, clindamycin hydrochloride, clindamycin palmitate hydrochloride, clindamycin phosphate, imipenem and cilastatin sodium, meropenem, nitrofurantoin macrocrystals, nitrofurantoin microcrystals, quinupristin/dalfopristin, 20 spectinomycin hydrochloride, trimethoprim, vancomycin hydrochloride. (See, e.g., pp. 24-214 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) The at least one inotropic can be at least one selected from amrinone lactate, digoxin, milrinone lactate. The at least one antiarrhythmic can be at least one selected from adenosine, amiodarone hydrochloride, atropine sulfate, bretylium tosylate, diltiazem hydrochloride, disopyramide, 25 disopyramide phosphate, esmolol hydrochloride, flecainide acetate, ibutilide fumarate, lidocaine hydrochloride, mexiletine hydrochloride, moricizine hydrochloride, phenytoin, phenytoin sodium, procainamide hydrochloride, propafenone hydrochloride, propranolol hydrochloride, quinidine bisulfate, quinidine gluconate, quinidine polygalacturonate, quinidine sulfate, sotalol, tocainide hydrochloride, verapamil hydrochloride. The at least one antianginal can be at least one selected from 30 amlodipidine besylate, amyl nitrite, bepridil hydrochloride, diltiazem hydrochloride, isosorbide dinitrate, isosorbide mononitrate, nadolol, nicardipine hydrochloride, nifedipine, nitroglycerin, propranolol hydrochloride, verapamil, verapamil hydrochloride. The at least one antihypertensive can be at least one selected from acebutolol hydrochloride, amlodipine besylate, atenolol, benazepril hydrochloride, betaxolol hydrochloride, bisoprolol fumarate, candesartan cilexetil, captopril, carteolol 35 hydrochloride, carvedilol, clonidine, clonidine hydrochloride, diazoxide, diltiazem hydrochloride, 89 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 doxazosin mesylate, enalaprilat, enalapril maleate, eprosartan mesylate, felodipine, fenoldopam mesylate, fosinopril sodium, guanabenz acetate, guanadrel sulfate, guanfacine hydrochloride, hydralazine hydrochloride, irbesartan, isradipine, labetalol hydrchloride, lisinopril, losartan potassium, methyldopa, methyldopate hydrochloride, metoprolol succinate, metoprolol tartrate, minoxidil, 5 moexipril hydrochloride, nadolol, nicardipine hydrochloride, nifedipine, nisoldipine, nitroprusside sodium, penbutolol sulfate, perindopril erbumine, phentolamine mesylate, pindolol, prazosin hydrochloride, propranolol hydrochloride, quinapril hydrochloride, ramipril, telmisartan, terazosin hydrochloride, timolol maleate, trandolapril, valsartan, verapamil hydrochloride The at least one antilipemic can be at least one selected from atorvastatin calcium, cerivastatin sodium, cholestyramine, 10 colestipol hydrochloride, fenofibrate (micronized), fluvastatin sodium, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, niacin, pravastatin sodium, simvastatin. The at least one miscellaneous CV drug can be at least one selected from abciximab, alprostadil, arbutamine hydrochloride, cilostazol, clopidogrel bisulfate, dipyridamole, eptifibatide, midodrine hydrochloride, pentoxifylline, ticlopidine hydrochloride, tirofiban hydrochloride. (See, e.g., pp. 215-336 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) 15 The at least one nonnarcotic analgesic or antipyretic can be at least one selected from acetaminophen, aspirin, choline magnesium trisalicylate, diflunisal, magnesium salicylate. The at least one nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug can be at least one selected from celecoxib, diclofenac potassium, diclofenac sodium, etodolac, fenoprofen calcium, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, indomethacin, indomethacin sodium trihydrate, ketoprofen, ketorolac tromethamine, nabumetone, naproxen, naproxen 20 sodium, oxaprozin, piroxicam, rofecoxib, sulindac. The at least one narcotic or opiod analgesic can be at least one selected from alfentanil hydrochloride, buprenorphine hydrochloride, butorphanol tartrate, codeine phosphate, codeine sulfate, fentanyl citrate, fentanyl transdermal system, fentanyl transmucosal, hydromorphone hydrochloride, meperidine hydrochloride, methadone hydrochloride, morphine hydrochloride, morphine sulfate, morphine tartrate, nalbuphine hydrochloride, oxycodone 25 hydrochloride, oxycodone pectinate, oxymorphone hydrochloride, pentazocine hydrochloride, pentazocine hydrochloride and naloxone hydrochloride, pentazocine lactate, propoxyphene hydrochloride, propoxyphene napsylate, remifentanil hydrochloride, sufentanil citrate, tramadol hydrochloride. The at least one sedative-hypnotic can be at least one selected from chloral hydrate, estazolam, flurazepam hydrochloride, pentobarbital, pentobarbital sodium, phenobarbital sodium, 30 secobarbital sodium, temazepam, triazolam, zaleplon, zolpidem tartrate. The at least one anticonvulsant can be at least one selected from acetazolamide sodium, carbamazepine, clonazepam, clorazepate dipotassium, diazepam, divalproex sodium, ethosuximde, fosphenytoin sodium, gabapentin, lamotrigine, magnesium sulfate, phenobarbital, phenobarbital sodium, phenytoin, phenytoin sodium, phenytoin sodium (extended), primidone, tiagabine hydrochloride, topiramate, 35 valproate sodium, valproic acid. The at least one antidepressant can be at least one selected from 90 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 amitriptyline hydrochloride, amitriptyline pamoate, amoxapine, bupropion hydrochloride, citalopram hydrobromide, clomipramine hydrochloride, desipramine hydrochloride, doxepin hydrochloride, fluoxetine hydrochloride, imipramine hydrochloride, imipramine pamoate, mirtazapine, nefazodone hydrochloride, nortriptyline hydrochloride, paroxetine hydrochloride, phenelzine sulfate, sertraline 5 hydrochloride, tranylcypromine sulfate, trimipramine maleate, venlafaxine hydrochloride. The at least one antianxiety drug can be at least one selected from alprazolam, buspirone hydrochloride, chlordiazepoxide, chlordiazepoxide hydrochloride, clorazepate dipotassium, diazepam, doxepin hydrochloride, hydroxyzine embonate, hydroxyzine hydrochloride, hydroxyzine pamoate, lorazepam, mephrobamate, midazolam hydrochloride, oxazepam. The at least one antipsychotic drug can be at 10 least one selected from chlorpromazine hydrochloride, clozapine, fluphenazine decanoate, fluephenazine enanthate, fluphenazine hydrochloride, haloperidol, haloperidol decanoate, haloperidol lactate, loxapine hydrochloride, loxapine succinate, mesoridazine besylate, molindone hydrochloride, olanzapine, perphenazine, pimozide, prochlorperazine, quetiapine fumarate, risperidone, thioridazine hydrochloride, thiothixene, thiothixene hydrochloride, trifluoperazine hydrochloride. The at least one 15 central nervous system stimulant can be at least one selected from amphetamine sulfate, caffeine, dextroamphetamine sulfate, doxapram hydrochloride, methamphetamine hydrochloride, methylphenidate hydrochloride, modafinil, pemoline, phentermine hydrochloride. The at least one antiparkinsonian can be at least one selected from amantadine hydrochloride, benztropine mesylate, biperiden hydrochloride, biperiden lactate, bromocriptine mesylate, carbidopa-levodopa, entacapone, 20 levodopa, pergolide mesylate, pramipexole dihydrochloride, ropinirole hydrochloride, selegiline hydrochloride, tolcapone, trihexyphenidyl hydrochloride. The at least one miscellaneous central nervous system drug can be at least one selected from bupropion hydrochloride, donepezil hydrochloride, droperidol, fluvoxamine maleate, lithium carbonate, lithium citrate, naratriptan hydrochloride, nicotine polacrilex, nicotine transdermal system, propofol, rizatriptan benzoate, 25 sibutramine hydrochloride monohydrate, sumatriptan succinate, tacrine hydrochloride, zolmitriptan. (See, e.g., pp. 337-530 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) The at least one cholinergic (e.g., parasymathomimetic) can be at least one selected from bethanechol chloride, edrophonium chloride, neostigmine bromide, neostigmine methylsulfate, physostigmine salicylate, pyridostigmine bromide. The at least one anticholinergics can be at least one 3 0 selected from atropine sulfate, dicyclomine hydrochloride, glycopyrrolate, hyoscyamine, hyoscyamine sulfate, propantheline bromide, scopolamine, scopolamine butylbromide, scopolamine hydrobromide. The at least one adrenergics (sympathomimetics) can be at least one selected from dobutamine hydrochloride, dopamine hydrochloride, metaraminol bitartrate, norepinephrine bitartrate, phenylephrine hydrochloride, pseudoephedrine hydrochloride, pseudoephedrine sulfate. The at least 35 one adrenergic blocker (sympatholytic) can be at least one selected from dihydroergotamine mesylate, 91 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 ergotamine tartrate, methysergide maleate, propranolol hydrochloride. The at least one skeletal muscle relaxant can be at least one selected from baclofen, carisoprodol, chlorzoxazone, cyclobenzaprine hydrochloride, dantrolene sodium, methocarbamol, tizanidine hydrochloride. The at least one neuromuscular blockers can be at least one selected from atracurium besylate, cisatracurium besylate, 5 doxacurium chloride, mivacurium chloride, pancuronium bromide, pipecuronium bromide, rapacuronium bromide, rocuronium bromide, succinylcholine chloride, tubocurarine chloride, vecuronium bromide. (See, e.g., pp. 531-84 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) The at least one antihistamine can be at least one selected from brompheniramine maleate, cetirizine hydrochloride, chlorpheniramine maleate, clemastine fumarate, cyproheptadine 10 hydrochloride, diphenhydramine hydrochloride, fexofenadine hydrochloride, loratadine, promethazine hydrochloride, promethazine theoclate, triprolidine hydrochloride. The at least one bronchodilators can be at least one selected from albuterol, albuterol sulfate, aminophylline, atropine sulfate, ephedrine sulfate, epinephrine, epinephrine bitartrate, epinephrine hydrochloride, ipratropium bromide, isoproterenol, isoproterenol hydrochloride, isoproterenol sulfate, levalbuterol hydrochloride, 15 metaproterenol sulfate, oxtriphylline, pirbuterol acetate, salmeterol xinafoate, terbutaline sulfate, theophylline. The at least one expectorants or antitussives can be at least one selected from benzonatate, codeine phosphate, codeine sulfate, dextramethorphan hydrobromide, diphenhydramine hydrochloride, guaifenesin, hydromorphone hydrochloride. The at least one miscellaneous respiratory drug can be at least one selected from acetylcysteine, beclomethasone dipropionate, beractant, 20 budesonide, calfactant, cromolyn sodium, dornase alfa, epoprostenol sodium, flunisolide, fluticasone propionate, montelukast sodium, nedocromil sodium, palivizumab, triamcinolone acetonide, zafirlukast, zileuton. (See, e.g., pp. 585-642 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) The at least one antacid, adsorbents, or antiflatulents can be at least one selected from aluminum carbonate, aluminum hydroxide, calcium carbonate, magaldrate, magnesium hydroxide, 25 magnesium oxide, simethicone, sodium bicarbonate. The at least one digestive enymes or gallstone solubilizers can be at least one selected from pancreatin, pancrelipase, ursodiol. The at least one antidiarrheal can be at least one selected from attapulgite, bismuth subsalicylate, calcium polycarbophil, diphenoxylate hydrochloride or atropine sulfate, loperamide, octreotide acetate, opium tincture, opium tincure (camphorated). The at least one laxative can be at least one selected from 30 bisocodyl, calcium polycarbophil, cascara sagrada, cascara sagrada aromatic fluidextract, cascara sagrada fluidextract, castor oil, docusate calcium, docusate sodium, glycerin, lactulose, magnesium citrate, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium sulfate, methylcellulose, mineral oil, polyethylene glycol or electrolyte solution, psyllium, senna, sodium phosphates. The at least one antiemetic can be at least one selected from chlorpromazine hydrochloride, dimenhydrinate, dolasetron mesylate, dronabinol, 35 granisetron hydrochloride, meclizine hydrochloride, metocloproamide hydrochloride, ondansetron 92 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 hydrochloride, perphenazine, prochlorperazine, prochlorperazine edisylate, prochlorperazine maleate, promethazine hydrochloride, scopolamine, thiethylperazine maleate, trimethobenzamide hydrochloride. The at least one antiulcer drug can be at least one selected from cimetidine, cimetidine hydrochloride, famotidine, lansoprazole, misoprostol, nizatidine, omeprazole, rabeprozole sodium, rantidine bismuth 5 citrate, ranitidine hydrochloride, sucralfate. (See, e.g., pp. 643-95 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) The at least one coricosteroids can be at least one selected from betamethasone, betamethasone acetate or betamethasone sodium phosphate, betamethasone sodium phosphate, cortisone acetate, dexamethasone, dexamethasone acetate, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, fludrocortisone acetate, hydrocortisone, hydrocortisone acetate, hydrocortisone cypionate, hydrocortisone sodium phosphate, 10 hydrocortisone sodium succinate, methylprednisolone, methylprednisolone acetate, methylprednisolone sodium succinate, prednisolone, prednisolone acetate, prednisolone sodium phosphate, prednisolone tebutate, prednisone, triamcinolone, triamcinolone acetonide, triamcinolone diacetate. The at least one androgen or anabolic steroids can be at least one selected from danazol, fluoxymesterone, methyltestosterone, nandrolone decanoate, nandrolone phenpropionate, testosterone, 15 testosterone cypionate, testosterone enanthate, testosterone propionate, testosterone transdermal system. The at least one estrogen or progestin can be at least one selected from esterified estrogens, estradiol, estradiol cypionate, estradiol/norethindrone acetate transdermal system, estradiol valerate, estrogens (conjugated), estropipate, ethinyl estradiol, ethinyl estradiol and desogestrel, ethinyl estradiol and ethynodiol diacetate, ethinyl estradiol and desogestrel, ethinyl estradiol and ethynodiol diacetate, 20 ethinyl estradiol and levonorgestrel, ethinyl estradiol and norethindrone, ethinyl estradiol and norethindrone acetate, ethinyl estradiol and norgestimate, ethinyl estradiol and norgestrel, ethinyl estradiol and norethindrone and acetate and ferrous fumarate, levonorgestrel, medroxyprogesterone acetate, mestranol and norethindron, norethindrone, norethindrone acetate, norgestrel, progesterone. The at least one gonadroptropin can be at least one selected from ganirelix acetate, gonadoreline 25 acetate, histrelin acetate, menotropins. The at least one antidiabetic or glucaon can be at least one selected from acarbose, chlorpropamide, glimepiride, glipizide, glucagon, glyburide, insulins, metformin hydrochloride, miglitol, pioglitazone hydrochloride, repaglinide, rosiglitazone maleate, troglitazone. The at least one thyroid hormone can be at least one selected from levothyroxine sodium, liothyronine sodium, liotrix, thyroid. The at least one thyroid hormone antagonist can be at least one 30 selected from methimazole, potassium iodide, potassium iodide (saturated solution), propylthiouracil, radioactive iodine (sodium iodide 131 ), strong iodine solution. The at least one pituitary hormone can be at least one selected from corticotropin, cosyntropin, desmophressin acetate, leuprolide acetate, repository corticotropin, somatrem, somatropin, vasopressin. The at least one parathyroid-like drug can be at least one selected from calcifediol, calcitonin (human), calcitonin (salmon), calcitriol, 35 dihydrotachysterol, etidronate disodium. (See, e.g., pp. 696-796 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) 93 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 The at least one diuretic can be at least one selected from acetazolamide, acetazolamide sodium, amiloride hydrochloride, bumetanide, chlorthalidone, ethacrynate sodium, etbacrynic acid, furosemide, hydrochlorothiazide, indapamide, mannitol, metolazone, spironolactone, torsemide, triamterene, urea. The at least one electrolyte or replacement solution can be at least one selected from 5 calcium acetate, calcium carbonate, calcium chloride, calcium citrate, calcium glubionate, calcium gluceptate, calcium gluconate, calcium lactate, calcium phosphate (dibasic), calcium phosphate (tribasic), dextran (high-molecular-weight), dextran (low-molecular-weight), hetastarch, magnesium chloride, magnesium sulfate, potassium acetate, potassium bicarbonate, potassium chloride, potassium gluconate, Ringer's injection, Ringer's injection (lactated), sodium chloride. The at least one acidifier 10 or alkalinizer can be at least one selected from sodium bicarbonate, sodium lactate, tromethamine. (See, e.g., pp. 797-833 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) The at least one hematinic can be at least one selected from ferrous fumarate, ferrous gluconate, ferrous sulfate, ferrous sulfate (dried), iron dextran, iron sorbitol, polysaccharide-iron complex, sodium ferric gluconate complex. The at least one anticoagulant can be at least one selected 15 from ardeparin sodium, dalteparin sodium, danaparoid sodium, enoxaparin sodium, heparin calcium, heparin sodium, warfarin sodium. The at least one blood derivative can be at least one selected from albumin 5%, albumin 25%, antihemophilic factor, anti-inhibitor coagulant complex, antithrombin III (human), factor IX (human), factor IX complex, plasma protein fractions. The at least one thrombolytic enzyme can be at least one selected from alteplase, anistreplase, reteplase (recombinant), 20 streptokinase, urokinase. (See, e.g., pp. 834-66 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) The at least one alkylating drug can be at least one selected from busulfan, carboplatin, carmustine, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, lomustine, mechlorethamine hydrochloride, melphalan, melphalan hydrochloride, streptozocin, temozolomide, thiotepa. The at least one antimetabolite can be at least one selected from capecitabine, cladribine, cytarabine, floxuridine, 25 fludarabine phosphate, fluorouracil, hydroxyurea, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, methotrexate sodium, thioguanine. The at least one antibiotic antineoplastic can be at least one selected from bleomycin sulfate, dactinomycin, daunorubicin citrate liposomal, daunorubicin hydrochloride, doxorubicin hydrochloride, doxorubicin hydrochloride liposomal, epirubicin hydrochloride, idarubicin hydrochloride, mitomycin, pentostatin, plicamycin, valrubicin. The at least one antineoplastics that 30 alter hormone balance can be at least one selected from anastrozole, bicalutamide, estramustine phosphate sodium, exemestane, flutamide, goserelin acetate, letrozole, leuprolide acetate, megestrol acetate, nilutamide, tamoxifen citrate, testolactone, toremifene citrate. The at least one miscellaneous antineoplastic can be at least one selected from asparaginase, bacillus Calmette-Guerin (BCG) (live intravesical), dacarbazine, docetaxel, etoposide, etoposide phosphate, gemcitabine hydrochloride, 35 irinotecan hydrochloride, mitotane, mitoxantrone hydrochloride, paclitaxel, pegaspargase, porfimer 94 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 sodium, procarbazine hydrochloride, rituximab, teniposide, topotecan hydrochloride, trastuzumab, tretinoin, vinblastine sulfate, vincristine sulfate, vinorelbine tartrate. (See, e.g., pp. 867-963 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) The at least one immunosuppressant can be at least one selected from azathioprine, 5 basiliximab, cyclosporine, daclizumab, lymphocyte immune globulin, muromonab-CD3, mycophenolate mofetil, mycophenolate mofetil hydrochloride, sirolimus, tacrolimus. The at least one vaccine or toxoid can be at least one selected from BCG vaccine, cholera vaccine, diphtheria and tetanus toxoids (adsorbed), diphtheria and tetanus toxoids and acellular pertussis vaccine adsorbed, diphtheria and tetanus toxoids and whole-cell pertussis vaccine, Haemophilius b conjugate vaccines, 10 hepatitis A vaccine (inactivated), hepatisis B vaccine (recombinant), influenza virus vaccine 1999-2000 trivalent types A & B (purified surface antigen), influenza virus vaccine 1999-2000 trivalent types A & B (subvirion or purified subvirion), influenza virus vaccine 1999-2000 trivalent types A & B (whole virion), Japanese encephalitis virus vaccine (inactivated), Lyme disease vaccine (recombinant OspA), measles and mumps and rubella virus vaccine (live), measles and mumps and rubella virus vaccine 15 (live attenuated), measles virus vaccine (live attenuated), meningococcal polysaccharide vaccine, mumps virus vaccine (live), plague vaccine, pneumococcal vaccine (polyvalent), poliovirus vaccine (inactivated), poliovirus vaccine (live, oral, trivalent), rabies vaccine (adsorbed), rabies vaccine (human diploid cell), rubella and mumps virus vaccine (live), rubella virus vaccine (live, attenuated), tetanus toxoid (adsorbed), tetanus toxoid (fluid), typhoid vaccine (oral), typhoid vaccine (parenteral), typhoid 20 Vi polysaccharide vaccine, varicella virus vaccine, yellow fever vaccine. The at least one antitoxin or antivenin can be at least one selected from black widow spider antivenin, Crotalidae antivenom (polyvalent), diphtheria antitoxin (equine), Micrurusfulvius antivenin). The at least one immune serum can be at least one selected from cytomegalovirus immune globulin (intraveneous), hepatitis B immune globulin (human), immune globulin intramuscular, immune globulin intravenous, rabies 25 immune globulin (human), respiratory syncytial virus immune globulin intravenous (human), Rho(D) immune globulin (human), Rho(D) immune globulin intravenous (human), tetanus immune globulin (human), varicella-zoster immune globulin. The at least one biological response modifiers can be at least one selected from aldesleukin, epoetin alfa, filgrastim, glatiramer acetate for injection, interferon alfacon-,1, interferon alfa-2a (recombinant), interferon alfa-2b (recombinant), interferon beta-i a, 30 interferon beta-lb (recombinant), interferon gamma-lb, levamisole hydrochloride, oprelvekin, sargramostim. (See, e.g., pp. 964-1040 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) The at least one ophthalmic anti-infectives can be selected form bacitracin, chloramphenicol, ciprofloxacin hydrochloride, erythromycin, gentamicin sulfate, ofloxacin 0.3%, polymyxin B sulfate, sulfacetamide sodium 10%, sulfacetamide sodium 15%, sulfacetamide sodium 30%, tobramycin, 35 vidarabine. The at least one ophthalmic anti-inflammatories can be at least one selected from 95 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 dexamethasone, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, diclofenac sodium 0.1%, fluorometholone, flurbiprofen sodium, ketorolac tromethamine, prednisolone acetate (suspension) prednisolone sodium phosphate (solution). The at least one miotic can be at least one selected from acetylocholine chloride, carbachol (intraocular), carbachol (topical), echothiophate iodide, pilocarpine, pilocarpine 5 hydrochloride, pilocarpine nitrate. The at least one mydriatic can be at least one selected from atropine sulfate, cyclopentolate hydrochloride, epinephrine hydrochloride, epinephryl borate, homatropine hydrobromide, phenylephrine hydrochloride, scopolamine hydrobromide, tropicamide. The at least one ophthalmic vasoconstrictors can be at least one selected from naphazoline hydrochloride, oxymetazoline hydrochloride, tetrahydrozoline hydrochloride. The at least one miscellaneous 10 ophthalmics can be at least one selected from apraclonidine hydrochloride, betaxolol hydrochloride, brimonidine tartrate, carteolol hydrochloride, dipivefrin hydrochloride, dorzolamide hydrochloride, emedastine difumarate, fluorescein sodium, ketotifen fumarate, latanoprost, levobunolol hydrochloride, metipranolol hydrochloride, sodium chloride (hypertonic), timolol maleate. The at least one otic can be at least one selected from boric acid, carbamide peroxide, chloramphenicol, triethanolamine 15 polypeptide oleate-condensate. The at least one nasal drug can be at least one selected from beclomethasone dipropionate, budesonide, ephedrine sulfate, epinephrine hydrochloride, flunisolide, fluticasone propionate, naphazoline hydrochloride, oxymetazoline hydrochloride, phenylephrine hydrochloride, tetrahydrozoline hydrochloride, triamcinolone acetonide, xylometazoline hydrochloride. (See, e.g., pp. 1041-97 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) 20 The at least one local anti-infectives can be at least one selected from acyclovir, amphotericin B, azelaic acid cream, bacitracin, butoconazole nitrate, clindamycin phosphate, clotrimazole, econazole nitrate, erythromycin, gentamicin sulfate, ketoconazole, mafenide acetate, metronidazole (topical), miconazole nitrate, mupirocin, naftifine hydrochloride, neomycin sulfate, nitrofurazone, nystatin, silver sulfadiazine, terbinafine hydrochloride, terconazole, tetracycline hydrochloride, tioconazole, tolnaftate. 25 The at least one scabicide or pediculicide can be at least one selected from crotamiton, lindane, permethrin, pyrethrins. The at least one topical corticosteroid can be at least one selected from betamethasone dipropionate, betamethasone valerate, clobetasol propionate, desonide, desoximetasone, dexamethasone, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, diflorasone diacetate, fluocinolone acetonide, fluocinonide, flurandrenolide, fluticasone propionate, halcionide, hydrocortisone, hydrocortisone 30 acetate, hydrocortisone butyrate, hydrocorisone valerate, mometasone furoate, triamcinolone acetonide. (See, e.g., pp. 1098-1136 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) The at least one vitamin or mineral can be at least one selected from vitamin A, vitamin B complex, cyanocobalamin, folic acid, hydroxocobalamin, leucovorin calcium, niacin, niacinamide, pyridoxine hydrochloride, riboflavin, thiamine hydrochloride, vitamin C, vitamin D, cholecalciferol, 35 ergocalciferol, vitamin D analogue, doxercalciferol, paricalcitol, vitamin E, vitamin K analogue, 96 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 phytonadione, sodium fluoride, sodium fluoride (topical), trace elements, chromium, copper, iodine, manganese, selenium, zinc. The at least one calories can be at least one selected from amino acid infusions (crystalline), amino acid infusions in dextrose, amino acid infusions with electrolytes, amino acid infusions with electrolytes in dextrose, amino acid infusions for hepatic failure, amino acid 5 infusions for high metabolic stress, amino acid infusions for renal failure, dextrose, fat emulsions, medium-chain triglycerides. (See, e.g., pp. 1137-63 of Nursing 2001 Drug Handbook.) CHI deleted mimetibody antibody or polypeptide compositions of the present invention can further comprise at least one of any suitable and/or effective amount of a composition or pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one CHI deleted mimetibody protein or antibody to a 10 cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient in need of such modulation, treatment or therapy, optionally further comprising at least one selected from at least one TNF antagonist (e.g., but not limited to a TNF chemical or protein antagonist, TNF monoclonal or polyclonal antibody or fragment, a soluble TNF receptor (e.g., p55, p70 or p85) or fragment, fusion polypeptides thereof, or a small molecule TNF antagonist, e.g., TNF binding protein I or II (TBP-1 or TBP-II), nerelimonmab, infliximab, enteracept, 15 CDP-571, CDP-870, afelimomab, lenercept, and the like), an antirheumatic (e.g., methotrexate, auranofin, aurothioglucose, azathioprine, etanercept, gold sodium thiomalate, hydroxychloroquine sulfate, leflunomide, sulfasalzine), a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid inflammatory drug (NSAID), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anethetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial (e.g., aminoglycoside, an antifungal, an antiparasitic, an antiviral, a carbapenem, 20 cephalosporin, a flurorquinolone, a macrolide, a penicillin, a sulfonamide, a tetracycline, another antimicrobial), an antipsoriatic, a corticosteriod, an anabolic steroid, a diabetes related agent, a mineral, a nutritional, a thyroid agent, a vitamin, a calcium related hormone, an antidiarrheal, an antitussive, an antiemetic, an antiulcer, a laxative, an anticoagulant, an erythropieitin (e.g., epoetin alpha), a filgrastim (e.g., G-CSF, Neupogen), a sargramostim (GM-CSF, Leukine), an immunization, an 25 immunoglobulin, an immunosuppressive (e.g., basiliximab, cyclosporine, daclizumab), a growth hormone, a hormone replacement drug, an estrogen receptor modulator, a mydriatic, a cycloplegic, an alkylating agent, an antimetabolite, a mitotic inhibitor, a radiopharmaceutical, an antidepressant, antimanic agent, an antipsychotic, an anxiolytic, a hypnotic, a sympathomimetic, a stimulant, donepezil, tacrine, an asthma medication, a beta agonist, an inhaled steroid, a leukotriene inhibitor, a 30 methylxanthine, a cromolyn, an epinephrine or analog, dornase alpha (Pulmozyme), a cytokine or a cytokine antagonist. Non-limiting examples of such cytokines include, but are not listed to, any of IL I to IL-23. Suitable dosages are well known in the art. See, e.g., Wells et al., eds., Pharmacotherapy Handbook, 2 nd Edition, Appleton and Lange, Stamford, CT (2000); PDR Pharmacopoeia, Tarascon Pocket Pharmacopoeia 2000, Deluxe Edition, Tarascon Publishing, Loma Linda, CA (2000), each of 35 which references are entirely incorporated herein by reference. 97 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Such compositions can also include toxin molecules that are associated, bound, co-formulated or co-administered with at least one antibody or polypeptide of the present invention. The toxin can optionally act to selectively kill the pathologic cell or tissue. The pathologic cell can be a cancer or other cell. Such toxins can be, but are not limited to, purified or recombinant toxin or toxin fragment 5 comprising at least one functional cytotoxic domain of toxin, e.g., selected from at least one of ricin, diphtheria toxin, a venom toxin, or a bacterial toxin. The term toxin also includes both endotoxins and exotoxins produced by any naturally occurring, mutant or recombinant bacteria or viruses which may cause any pathological condition in humans and other mammals, including toxin shock, which can result in death. Such toxins may include, but are not limited to, enterotoxigenic E. coli heat-labile 10 enterotoxin (LT), heat-stable enterotoxin (ST), Shigella cytotoxin, Aeromonas enterotoxins, toxic shock syndrome toxin-1 (TSST-1), Staphylococcal enterotoxin A (SEA), B (SEB), or C (SEC), Streptococcal enterotoxins and the like. Such bacteria include, but are not limited to, strains of a species of enterotoxigenic E. coli (ETEC), enterohemorrhagic E. coli (e.g., strains of serotype 0157:H7), Staphylococcus species (e.g., Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus pyogenes), Shigella 15 species (e.g., Shigella dysenteriae, Shigellaflexneri, Shigella boydii, and Shigella sonnei), Salmonella species (e.g., Salmonella typhi, Salmonella cholera-suis, Salmonella enteritidis), Clostridium species (e.g., Clostridium perfringens, Clostridium diflicile, Clostridium botulinum), Camphlobacter species (e.g., Camphlobacterjejuni, Camphlobacter fetus), Heliobacter species, (e.g., Heliobacterpylori), Aeromonas species (e.g., Aeromonas sobria, Aeromonas hydrophila, Aeromonas caviae), Pleisomonas 2 0 shigelloides, Yersina enterocolitica, Vibrios species (e.g., Vibrios cholerae, Vibrios parahemolyticus), Klebsiella species, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, and Streptococci. See, e.g., Stein, ed., INTERNAL MEDICINE, 3rd ed., pp 1-13, Little, Brown and Co., Boston, (1990); Evans et al., eds., Bacterial Infections of Humans: Epidemiology and Control, 2d. Ed., pp 239-254, Plenum Medical Book Co., New York (1991); Mandell et al, Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases, 3d. Ed., Churchill 25 Livingstone, New York (1990); Berkow et al, eds., The Merck Manual, 16th edition, Merck and Co., Rahway, N.J., 1992; Wood et al, FEMS Microbiology Immunology, 76:121-134 (1991); Marrack et al, Science, 248:705-711 (1990), the contents of which references are incorporated entirely herein by reference. CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant compositions of the present invention 30 can further comprise at least one of any suitable auxiliary, such as, but not limited to, diluent, binder, stabilizer, buffers, salts, lipophilic solvents, preservative, adjuvant or the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliaries are preferred. Non-limiting examples of, and methods of preparing such sterile solutions are well known in the art, such as, but limited to, Gennaro, Ed., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18h Edition, Mack Publishing Co. (Easton, PA) 1990. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers 35 can be routinely selected that are suitable for the mode of administration, solubility and/or stability of 98 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 the CHI-deleted mimetibody composition as well known in the art or as described herein. Pharmaceutical excipients and additives useful in the present composition include but are not limited to proteins, peptides, amino acids, lipids, and carbohydrates (e.g., sugars, including monosaccharides, di-, tri-, tetra-, and oligosaccharides; derivatized sugars such as alditols, aldonic 5 acids, esterified sugars and the like; and polysaccharides or sugar polymers), which can be present singly or in combination, comprising alone or in combination 1-99.99% by weight or volume. Exemplary protein excipients include serum albumin such as human serum albumin (HSA), recombinant human albumin (rHA), gelatin, casein, and the like. Representative amino acid/CHI deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant components, which can also function in a buffering 10 capacity, include alanine, glycine, arginine, betaine, histidine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, cysteine, lysine, leucine, isoleucine, valine, methionine, phenylalanine, aspartame, and the like. One preferred amino acid is glycine. Carbohydrate excipients suitable for use in the invention include, for example, monosaccharides such as fructose, maltose, galactose, glucose, D-mannose, sorbose, and the like; 15 disaccharides, such as lactose, sucrose, trehalose, cellobiose, and the like; polysaccharides, such as raffinose, melezitose, maltodextrins, dextrans, starches, and the like; and alditols, such as mannitol, xylitol, maltitol, lactitol, xylitol sorbitol (glucitol), myoinositol and the like. Preferred carbohydrate excipients for use in the present invention are mannitol, trehalose, and raffinose. CHI-deleted mimetibody compositions can also include a buffer or a pH adjusting agent; 20 typically, the buffer is a salt prepared from an organic acid or base. Representative buffers include organic acid salts such as salts of citric acid, ascorbic acid, gluconic acid, carbonic acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, or phthalic acid; Tris, tromethamine hydrochloride, or phosphate buffers. Preferred buffers for use in the present compositions are organic acid salts such as citrate. Additionally, the CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant compositions of the 25 invention can include polymeric excipients/additives such as polyvinylpyrrolidones, ficolls (a polymeric sugar), dextrates (e.g., cyclodextrins, such as 2-hydroxypropyl-p-cyclodextrin), polyethylene glycols, flavoring agents, antimicrobial agents, sweeteners, antioxidants, antistatic agents, surfactants (e.g., polysorbates such as "TWEEN 20" and "TWEEN 80"), lipids (e.g., phospholipids, fatty acids), steroids (e.g., cholesterol), and chelating agents (e.g., EDTA). 30 These and additional known pharmaceutical excipients and/or additives suitable for use in the CH1-deleted mimetibody compositions according to the invention are known in the art, e.g., as listed in "Remington: The Science & Practice of Pharmacy", 19 th ed., Williams & Williams, (1995), and in the "Physician's Desk Reference", 52 "nd ed., Medical Economics, Montvale, NJ (1998), the disclosures of which are entirely incorporated herein by reference. Preferrred carrier or excipient materials are 99 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 carbohydrates (e.g., saccharides and alditols) and buffers (e.g., citrate) or polymeric agents. Formulations As noted above, the invention provides for stable formulations, which can preferably include a suitable buffer with saline or a chosen salt, as well as optional preserved solutions and formulations 5 containing a preservative as well as multi-use preserved formulations suitable for pharmaceutical or veterinary use, comprising at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation. Preserved formulations contain at least one known preservative or optionally selected from the group consisting of at least one phenol, m-cresol, p-cresol, o-cresol, chlorocresol, benzyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrite, phenoxyethanol, formaldehyde, 10 chlorobutanol, magnesium chloride (e.g., hexahydrate), alkylparaben (methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and the like), benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, sodium dehydroacetate and thimerosal, or mixtures thereof in an aqueous diluent. Any suitable concentration or mixture can be used as known in the art, such as 0.001-5%, or any range or value therein, such as, but not limited to 0.001, 0.003, 0.005, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.05, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4., 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 15 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, or any range or value therein. Non-limiting examples include, no preservative, 0.1-2% m-cresol (e.g., 0.2, 0.3. 0.4, 0.5, 0.9, 1.0%), 0.1-3% benzyl alcohol (e.g., 0.5, 0.9, 1.1., 1.5, 1.9, 2.0, 2.5%), 0.001-0.5% thimerosal (e.g., 0.005, 0.01), 0.001-2.0% phenol (e.g., 0.05, 0.25, 0.28, 0.5, 0.9, 1.0%), 0.0005-1.0% alkylparaben(s) (e.g., 0.00075, 0.0009, 0.001, 0.002, 0.005, 20 0.0075, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.075, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 0.9, 1.0%), and the like. As noted above, the invention provides an article of manufacture, comprising packaging material and at least one vial comprising a solution of at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant with the prescribed buffers and/or preservatives, optionally in an aqueous diluent, wherein said packaging material comprises a label that indicates that such solution can be held 25 over a period of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 12, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 40, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72 hours or greater. The invention further comprises an article of manufacture, comprising packaging material, a first vial comprising lyophilized at least one CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant, and a second vial comprising an aqueous diluent of prescribed buffer or preservative, wherein said packaging material comprises a label that instructs a patient to reconstitute the at least one CHI -deleted 30 mimetibody or specified portion or variant in the aqueous diluent to form a solution that can be held over a period of twenty-four hours or greater. The at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant used in accordance with the present invention can be produced by recombinant means, including from mammalian cell or transgenic preparations, or can be purified from other biological sources, as described herein or as 35 known in the art. 100 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 The range of amounts of at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant in the product of the present invention includes amounts yielding upon reconstitution, if in a wet/dry system, concentrations from about 1.0 pig/ml to about 1000 mg/ml, although lower and higher concentrations are operable and are dependent on the intended delivery vehicle, e.g., solution 5 formulations will differ from transdermal patch, pulmonary, transmucosal, or osmotic or micro pump methods. Preferably, the aqueous diluent optionally further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative. Preferred preservatives include those selected from the group consisting of phenol, m cresol, p-cresol, o-cresol, chlorocresol, benzyl alcohol, alkylparaben (methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and 10 the like), benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, sodium dehydroacetate and thimerosal, or mixtures thereof. The concentration of preservative used in the formulation is a concentration sufficient to yield an anti-microbial effect. Such concentrations are dependent on the preservative selected and are readily determined by the skilled artisan. Other excipients, e.g. isotonicity agents, buffers, antioxidants, preservative enhancers, can be 15 optionally and preferably added to the diluent. An isotonicity agent, such as glycerin, is commonly used at known concentrations. A physiologically tolerated buffer is preferably added to provide improved pH control. The formulations can cover a wide range of pHs, such as from about pH 4 to about pH 10, and preferred ranges from about pH 5 to about pH 9, and a most preferred range of about 6.0 to about 8.0. Preferably the formulations of the present invention have pH between about 6.8 and 20 about 7.8. Preferred buffers include phosphate buffers, most preferably sodium phosphate, particularly phosphate buffered saline (PBS). Other additives, such as a pharmaceutically acceptable solubilizers like Tween 20 (polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monolaurate), Tween 40 (polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monopalmitate), Tween 80 (polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monooleate), Pluronic F68 25 (polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block copolymers), and PEG (polyethylene glycol) or non-ionic surfactants such as polysorbate 20 or 80 or poloxamer 184 or 188, Pluronic@ polyls, other block co polymers, and chelators such as EDTA and EGTA can optionally be added to the formulations or compositions to reduce aggregation. These additives are particularly useful if a pump or plastic container is used to administer the formulation. The presence of pharmaceutically acceptable 30 surfactant mitigates the propensity for the protein to aggregate. The formulations of the present invention can be prepared by a process which comprises mixing at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant and a preservative selected from the group consisting of phenol, m-cresol, p-cresol, o-cresol, chlorocresol, benzyl alcohol, alkylparaben, (methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and the like), benzalkonium chloride, 101 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 benzethonium chloride, sodium dehydroacetate and thimerosal or mixtures thereof in an aqueous diluent. Mixing the at least one CHlI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant and preservative in an aqueous diluent is carried out using conventional dissolution and mixing procedures. To prepare a suitable formulation, for example, a measured amount of at least one CH1-deleted 5 mimetibody or specified portion or variant in buffered solution is combined with the desired preservative in a buffered solution in quantities sufficient to provide the protein and preservative at the desired concentrations. Variations of this process would be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, the order the components are added, whether additional additives are used, the temperature and pH at which the formulation is prepared, are all factors that may be optimized for the 10 concentration and means of administration used. The claimed formulations can be provided to patients as clear solutions or as dual vials comprising a vial of lyophilized at least one CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant that is reconstituted with a second vial containing water, a preservative and/or excipients, preferably a phosphate buffer and/or saline and a chosen salt, in an aqueous diluent. Either a single solution vial or 15 dual vial requiring reconstitution can be reused multiple times and can suffice for a single or multiple cycles of patient treatment and thus can provide a more convenient treatment regimen than currently available. The present claimed articles of manufacture are useful for administration over a period of immediately to twenty-four hours or greater. Accordingly, the presently claimed articles of 20 manufacture offer significant advantages to the patient. Formulations of the invention can optionally be safely stored at temperatures of from about 2 to about 40'C and retain the biologically activity of the protein for extended periods of time, thus, allowing a package label indicating that the solution can be held and/or used over a period of 6, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 72, or 96 hours or greater. If preserved diluent is used, such label can include use up to at least one of 1-12 months, one-half, one and a half, and/or 25 two years. The solutions of at least one CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant in the invention can be prepared by a process that comprises mixing at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant in an aqueous diluent. Mixing is carried out using conventional dissolution and mixing procedures. To prepare a suitable diluent, for example, a measured amount of 30 at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant in water or buffer is combined in quantities sufficient to provide the protein and optionally a preservative or buffer at the desired concentrations. Variations of this process would be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, the order the components are added, whether additional additives are used, the temperature and pH at which the formulation is prepared, are all factors that may be optimized for the concentration 102 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 and means of administration used. The claimed products can be provided to patients as clear solutions or as dual vials comprising a vial of lyophilized at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant that is reconstituted with a second vial containing the aqueous diluent. Either a single solution vial or 5 dual vial requiring reconstitution can be reused multiple times and can suffice for a single or multiple cycles of patient treatment and thus provides a more convenient treatment regimen than currently available. The claimed products can be provided indirectly to patients by providing to pharmacies, clinics, or other such institutions and facilities, clear solutions or dual vials comprising a 10 vial of lyophilized at least one CHi-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant that is reconstituted with a second vial containing the aqueous diluent. The clear solution in this case can be up to one liter or even larger in size, providing a large reservoir from which smaller portions of the at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant solution can be retrieved one or multiple times for transfer into smaller vials and provided by the pharmacy or clinic to their customers 15 and/or patients. Recognized devices comprising these single vial systems include those pen-injector devices for delivery of a solution such as Humaject*'NovoPen*, B-D*Pen, AutoPen*, and OptiPen*. Recognized devices comprising a dual vial system include those pen-injector systems for reconstituting a lyophilized drug in a cartridge for delivery of the reconstituted solution such as the HumatroPen*. 20 The products presently claimed include packaging material. The packaging material provides, in addition to the information required by the regulatory agencies, the conditions under which the product can be used. The packaging material of the present invention provides instructions to the patient to reconstitute the at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant in the aqueous diluent to form a solution and to use the solution over a period of 2-24 hours or greater for the 25 two vial, wet/dry, product. For the single vial, solution product, the label indicates that such solution can be used over a period of 2-24 hours or greater. The presently claimed products are useful for human pharmaceutical product use. The formulations of the present invention can be prepared by a process that comprises mixing at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant and a selected buffer, 30 preferably a phosphate buffer containing saline or a chosen salt. Mixing the at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant and buffer in an aqueous diluent is carried out using conventional dissolution and mixing procedures. To prepare a suitable formulation, for example, a measured amount of at least one CHi-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant in water or buffer is combined with the desired buffering agent in water in quantities sufficient to provide the 103 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 protein and buffer at the desired concentrations. Variations of this process would be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, the order the components are added, whether additional additives are used, the temperature and pH at which the formulation is prepared, are all factors that can be optimized for the concentration and means of administration used. 5 The claimed stable or preserved formulations can be provided to patients as clear solutions or as dual vials comprising a vial of lyophilized at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant that is reconstituted with a second vial containing a preservative or buffer and excipients in an aqueous diluent. Either a single solution vial or dual vial requiring reconstitution can be reused multiple times and can suffice for a single or multiple cycles of patient treatment and 10 thus provides a more convenient treatment regimen than currently available. At least one CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant in either the stable or preserved formulations or solutions described herein, can be administered to a patient in accordance with the present invention via a variety of delivery methods including SC or IM injection; transdermal, pulmonary, transmucosal, implant, osmotic pump, cartridge, micro pump, or other means appreciated 15 by the skilled artisan, as well-known in the art. Therapeutic Applications The present invention for mimetibodies also provides a method for modulating or treating 20 anemia, in a cell, tissue, organ, animal, or patient including, but not limited to, at least one of any anemia, cancer treatment related anemia, radiotherapy or chemotherapy related anemia, viral or bacterial infection treatment related anemia, renal anemia, anemia of prematurity, pediatric and/or adult cancer-associated anemia, anemia associated with lymphoma, myeloma, multple myeloma, AIDS-associated anemia, concomitant treatment for patients with or without autologous blood donation 25 awaiting elective surgery, preoperatve and post operative for surgery, autologous blood donation or transfusion, perioperative management, cyclic neutropenia or Kostmann syndrome (congenital agranulocytosis), end-stage renal disease, anemia associated with dialysis, chronic renal insufficiency, primary hemopoietic diseases, such as congenital hypoplastic anemia, thalassemia major, or sickle cell disease, vaso-occlusive complications of sickle cell disease. Furman et al., Pediatrics 1992; 90: 716 30 728, Goldberg Science. 1988;242:1412-1415; Paul et al., Exp Hematol. 1984;12:825-830; Erslev et al., Arch Intern Med. 1968;122:230-235; Ersley et al., Ann Clin Lab Sci. 1980;10:250-257; Jacobs et al., Nature. 1985;313:806-810; Lin et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1985;82:7580-7584; Law et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1986;83:6920-6924; Goldwasser et al., J Biol Chem. 1974;249:4202-4206; Eaves et a., Blood. 1978;52:1196-1210; Sawyer et al., Blood. 1989;74:103-109; Winearls et al., Lancet. 35 1986;2:1175-1178; Eschbach et al., N Engl J Med. 1987;316:73-78; Eschbach et al., Ann Intern Med. 1989; 111:992-1000, each reference entirely incoporated herein by reference. 104 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Mimetibodies of the present invention can also be used for non-renal forms of anemia induced, for example, by chronic infections, inflammatory processes, radiation therapy, and cytostatic drug treatment, and encouraging results in patients with non-renal anemia have been reported. See, e.g., Abels RI and Rudnick SA Erythropoietin: evolving clinical applications. Experimental Hematology 19: 5 842-50 (1991); Graber SE and Krantz SB Erythropoietin: biology and clinical use. Hematology/Oncol. Clin. North Amer. 3: 369-400 (1989); Jelkman W and Gross AJ (eds) Erythropoietin. Springer, Berlin 1989; Koury MJ and Bondurant MC The molecular mechanism of erythropoietin action. European Journal of Biochemistry 210: 649-63 (1992); Krantz SB Erythropoietin. Blood 77: 419-34 (1991); Tabbara IA Erythropoietin. Biology and clinical applications. Archives of Internal Medicine 153: 298 10 304 (1993), each entirely incorporated herein by reference. The present invention also provides a method for modulating or treating an anemia or blood cell related condition, in a cell, tissue, organ, animal, or patient, wherein said anemia or blood cell related condition is associated with at least one including, but not limited to, at least one of immune related disease, cardiovascular disease, infectious, malignant and/or neurologic disease. Such a method 15 can optionally comprise administering an effective amount of at least one composition or pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant to a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient in need of such modulation, treatment or therapy. The present invention also provides a method for modulating or treating cancer/infecteous disease in a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient, including, but not limited to, at least one of acute or 20 chronic bacterial infection, acute and chronic parasitic or infectious processes, including bacterial, viral and fungal infections, HIV infection/EV neuropathy, meningitis, hepatitis, septic arthritis, peritonitis, pneumonia, epiglottitis, e. coli 0157:h7, hemolytic uremic syndrome/thrombolytic thrombocytopenic purpura, malaria, dengue hemorrhagic fever, leishmaniasis, leprosy, toxic shock syndrome, streptococcal myositis, gas gangrene, mycobacterium tuberculosis, mycobacterium avium 25 intracellulare, pneumocystis carinii pneumonia, pelvic inflammatory disease, orchitis/epidydimitis, legionella, lyme disease, influenza a, epstein-barr virus, vital-associated hemaphagocytic syndrome, vital encephalitis/aseptic meningitis, and the like; (ii) leukemia, acute leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), B-cell, T-cell or FAB ALL, acute myeloid leukemia (AML), chromic myelocytic leukemia (CML), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), hairy cell leukemia, myelodyplastic syndrome 30 (MDS), a lymphoma, Hodgkin's disease, a malignamt lymphoma, non-hodgkin's lymphoma, Burkitt's lymphoma, multiple myeloma, Kaposi's sarcoma, colorectal carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, malignant histiocytosis, paraneoplastic syndrome/hypercalcemia of malignancy, solid tumors, adenocarcinomas, sarcomas, malignant melanoma, and the like; or (iii) neurodegenerative diseases, multiple sclerosis, migraine headache, AIDS dementia complex, 35 demyelinating diseases, such as multiple sclerosis and acute transverse myelitis; extrapyramidal and 105 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 cerebellar disorders' such as lesions of the corticospinal system; disorders of the basal ganglia or cerebellar disorders; hyperkinetic movement disorders such as Huntington's Chorea and senile chorea; drug-induced movement disorders, such as those induced by drugs which block CNS dopamine receptors; hypokinetic movement disorders, such as Parkinson's disease; Progressive supranucleo 5 Palsy; structural lesions of the cerebellum; spinocerebellar degenerations, such as spinal ataxia, Friedreich's ataxia, cerebellar cortical degenerations, multiple systems degenerations (Mencel, Dejerine-Thomas, Shi-Drager, and Machado-Joseph); systemic disorders (Refsum's disease, abetalipoprotemia, ataxia, telangiectasia, and mitochondrial multi.system disorder); demyelinating core disorders, such as multiple sclerosis, acute transverse myelitis; and disorders of the motor unit' such as 10 neurogenic muscular atrophies (anterior horn cell degeneration, such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, infantile spinal muscular atrophy and juvenile spinal muscular atrophy); Alzheimer's disease; Down's Syndrome in middle age; Diffuse Lewy body disease; Senile Dementia of Lewy body type; Wernicke Korsakoff syndrome; chronic alcoholism; Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease; Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, Hallerrorden-Spatz disease; and Dementia pugilistica, and the like. Such a method can 15 optionally comprise administering an effective amount of a composition or pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one TNF antibody or specified portion or variant to a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient in need of such modulation, treatment or therapy. See, e.g., the Merck Manual, 1 6 th Edition, Merck & Company, Rahway, NJ (1992) Such a method can optionally comprise administering an effective amount of at least one 20 composition or pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant to a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient in need of such modulation, treatment or therapy. The present invention also provides a method for modulating or treating at least one cardiovascular disease in a cell, tissue, organ, animal, or patient, including, but not limited to, at least 25 one of cardiac stun syndrome, myocardial infarction, congestive heart failure, stroke, ischemic stroke, hemorrhage, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, diabetic ateriosclerotic disease, hypertension, arterial hypertension, renovascular hypertension, syncope, shock, syphilis of the cardiovascular system, heart failure, cor pulmonale, primary pulmonary hypertension, cardiac arrhythmias, atrial ectopic beats, atrial flutter, atrial fibrillation (sustained or paroxysmal), chaotic or multifocal atrial tachycardia, 30 regular narrow QRS tachycardia, specific arrythmias, ventricular fibrillation, His bundle arrythmias, atrioventricular block, bundle branch block, myocardial ischemic disorders, coronary artery disease, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, cardiomyopathy, dilated congestive cardiomyopathy, restrictive cardiomyopathy, valvular heart diseases, endocarditis, pericardial disease, cardiac tumors, aordic and peripheral aneuryisms, aortic dissection, inflammation of the aorta, occulsion of the abdominal aorta 106 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 and its branches, peripheral vascular disorders, occulsive arterial disorders, peripheral atherlosclerotic disease, thromboangitis obliterans, functional peripheral arterial disorders, Raynaud's phenomenon and disease, acrocyanosis, erythromelalgia, venous diseases, venous thrombosis, varicose veins, arteriovenous fistula, lymphederma, lipedema, unstable angina, reperfusion injury, post pump 5 syndrome, ischemia-reperfusion injury, and the like. Such a method can optionally comprise administering an effective amount of a composition or pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one CHi-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant to a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient in need of such modulation, treatment or therapy. Any method of the present invention can comprise administering an effective amount of a 10 composition or pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one CHl-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant to a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient in need of such modulation, treatment or therapy. Such a method can optionally further comprise co-administration or combination therapy for treating such immune diseases, wherein the administering of said at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody, specified portion or variant thereof, further comprises administering, before concurrently, 15 and/or after, at least one selected from at least one TNF antagonist (e.g., but not limited to a TNF antibody or fragment, a soluble TNF receptor or fragment, fusion proteins thereof, or a small molecule TNF antagonist), an antirheumatic, a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anethetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial (e.g., aminoglycoside, an antifungal, an antiparasitic, an antiviral, a carbapenem, 20 cephalosporin, a flurorquinolone, a macrolide, a penicillin, a sulfonamide, a tetracycline, another antimicrobial), an antipsoriatic, a corticosteriod, an anabolic steroid, a diabetes related agent, a mineral, a nutritional, a thyroid agent, a vitamin, a calcium related hormone, an antidiarrheal, an antitussive, an antiemetic, an antiulcer, a laxative, an anticoagulant, an erythropieitin (e.g., epoetin alpha), a filgrastim (e.g., G-CSF, Neupogen), a sargramostim (GM-CSF, Leukine), an immunization, an 25 immunoglobulin, an immunosuppressive (e.g., basiliximab, cyclosporine, daclizumab), a growth hormone, a hormone replacement drug, an estrogen receptor modulator, a mydriatic, a cycloplegic, an alkylating agent, an antimetabolite, a mitotic inhibitor, a radiopharmaceutical, an antidepressant, antimanic agent, an antipsychotic, an anxiolytic, a hypnotic, a sympathomimetic, a stimulant, donepezil, tacrine, an asthma medication, a beta agonist, an inhaled steroid, a leukotriene inhibitor, a 30 methylxanthine, a cromolyn, an epinephrine or analog, dornase alpha (Pulmozyme), a cytokine or a cytokine antagonist. Suitable dosages are well known in the art. See, e.g., Wells et al., eds., Pharmacotherapy Handbook, 2 "d Edition, Appleton and Lange, Stamford, CT (2000); PDR Pharmacopoeia, Tarascon Pocket Pharmacopoeia 2000, Deluxe Edition, Tarascon Publishing, Loma Linda, CA (2000), each of which references are entirely incorporated herein by reference. 107 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Mimetibodies can also be used ex vivo, such as in autologous marrow culture. Briefly, bone marrow is removed from a patient prior to chemotherapy and treated with TPO and/or EPO, optionally in combination with mimetibodies, optionally in combination with one or more additional cytokines. The treated marrow is then returned to the patient after chemotherapy to speed the recovery of the 5 marrow. In addition, TPO, alone and in combination with EPO mimetibodies and/or EPO, can also be used for the ex vivo expansion of marrow or peripheral blood progenitor (PBPC) cells. Prior to chemotherapy treatment, marrow can be stimulated with stem cell factor (SCF) or G-CSF to release early progenitor cells into peripheral circulation. These progenitors are optionally collected and concentrated from peripheral blood and then treated in culture with TPO and mimetibodies, optionally 10 in combination with one or more other cytokines, including but not limited to SCF, G-CSF, IL-3, GM CSF, IL-6 or IL-11, to differentiate and proliferate into high-density megakaryocyte cultures, which are optionally then be returned to the patient following high-dose chemotherapy. Doses of TPO for ex vivo treatment of bone marrow will be in the range of 100 pg/ml to 10 ng/ml, preferably 500 pg/ml to 3 ng/ml. Doses of mimetibodies will be equivalent in activity to EPO which can be used from 0.1 15 units/ml to 20 units/ml, preferably from 0.5 units/ml to 2 units/ml, or any range or value therein. TNF antagonists suitable for compositions, combination therapy, co-administration, devices and/or methods of the present invention (further comprising at least one anti body, specified portion and variant thereof, of the present invention), include, but are not limited to, anti-TNF antibodies, ligand-binding fragments thereof, and receptor molecules which bind specifically to TNF; compounds 20 which prevent and/or inhibit TNF synthesis, TNF release or its action on target cells, such as thalidomide, tenidap, phosphodiesterase inhibitors (e.g, pentoxifylline and rolipram), A2b adenosine receptor agonists and A2b adenosine receptor enhancers; compounds which prevent and/or inhibit TNF receptor signalling, such as mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase inhibitors; compounds which block and/or inhibit membrane TNF cleavage, such as metalloproteinase inhibitors; compounds which 25 block and/or inhibit TNF activity, such as angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors (e.g., captopril); and compounds which block and/or inhibit TNF production and/or synthesis, such as MAP kinase inhibitors. As used herein, a "tumor necrosis factor antibody," "TNF antibody," "TNFa antibody," or fragment and the like decreases, blocks, inhibits, abrogates or interferes with TNFa activity in vitro, in 30 situ and/or preferably in vivo. For example, a suitable TNF human antibody of the present invention can bind TNFa and includes anti-TNF antibodies, antigen-binding fragments thereof, and specified mutants or domains thereof that bind specifically to TNFx. A suitable TNF antibody or fragment can also decrease block, abrogate, interfere, prevent and/or inhibit TNF RNA, DNA or protein synthesis, TNF release, TNF receptor signaling, membrane TNF cleavage, TNF activity, TNF production and/or 108 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 synthesis. Chimeric antibody cA2 consists of the antigen binding variable region of the high-affinity neutralizing mouse anti-human TNFa IgGI antibody, designated A2, and the constant regions of a human IgGI, kappa immunoglobulin. The human IgG1 Fc region improves allogeneic antibody 5 effector function, increases the circulating serum half-life and decreases the immunogenicity of the antibody. The avidity and epitope specificity of the chimeric antibody cA2 is derived from the variable region of the murine antibody A2. In a particular embodiment, a preferred source for nucleic acids encoding the variable region of the murine antibody A2 is the A2 hybridoma cell line. Chimeric A2 (cA2) neutralizes the cytotoxic effect of both natural and recombinant human 10 TNFa in a dose dependent manner. From binding assays of chimeric antibody cA2 and recombinant human TNFL, the affinity constant of chimeric antibody cA2 was calculated to be 1.04xl0 10 "M'. Preferred methods for determining monoclonal antibody specificity and affinity by competitive inhibition can be found in Harlow, et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 1988; Colligan et al., eds., Current Protocols in 15 Immunology, Greene Publishing Assoc. and Wiley Interscience, New York, (1992-2002); Kozbor et al., Immunol. Today, 4:72-79 (1983); Ausubel et al., eds. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Wiley Interscience, New York (1987-2002); and Muller, Meth. Enzymol., 92:589-601 (1983), which references are entirely incorporated herein by reference. In a particular embodiment, murine monoclonal antibody A2 is produced by a cell line 20 designated c134A. Chimeric antibody cA2 is produced by a cell line designated c168A. Additional examples of monoclonal anti-TNF antibodies that can be used in the present invention are described in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,231,024; M5ller, A. et al., Cytokine 2(3):162-169 (1990); U.S. Application No. 07/943,852 (filed September 11, 1992); Rathjen et al., International Publication No. WO 91/02078 (published February 21, 1991); Rubin et al., EPO Patent 25 Publication No. 0 218 868 (published April 22, 1987); Yone et al., EPO Patent Publication No. 0 288 088 (October 26, 1988); Liang, et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 137:847-854 (1986); Meager, et al., Hybridoma 6:305-311 (1987); Fendly et al., Hybridoma 6:359-369 (1987); Bringman, et al., Hybridoma 6:489-507 (1987); and Hirai, et al., J. Immunol. Meth. 96:57-62 (1987), which references are entirely incorporated herein by reference). 30 TNF Receptor Molecules Preferred TNF receptor molecules useful in the present invention are those that bind TNFa with high affinity (see, e.g., Feldmann et al., International Publication No. WO 92/07076 (published April 30, 1992); Schall et al., Cell 61:361-370 (1990); and Loetscher et al., Cell 61:351-359 (1990), which references are entirely incorporated herein by reference) and optionally possess low 109 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 immunogenicity. In particular, the 55 kDa (p55 TNF-R) and the 75 kDa (p75 TNF-R) TNF cell surface receptors are useful in the present invention. Truncated forms of these receptors, comprising the extracellular domains (ECD) of the receptors or functional portions thereof (see, e.g., Corcoran et al., Eur. J~ Biochem. 223:831-840 (1994)), are also useful in the present invention. Truncated forms of the 5 TNF receptors, comprising the ECD, have been detected in urine and serum as 30 kDa and 40 kDa TNFa inhibitory binding proteins (Engelmann, H. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 265:1531-1536 (1990)). TNF receptor multimeric molecules and TNF immunoreceptor fusion molecules, and derivatives and fragments or portions thereof, are additional examples of TNF receptor molecules which are useful in the methods and compositions of the present invention. The TNF receptor molecules which can be 10 used in the invention are characterized by their ability to treat patients for extended periods with good to excellent alleviation of symptoms and low toxicity. Low immunogenicity and/or high affinity, as well as other undefined properties, may contribute to the therapeutic results achieved. TNF receptor multimeric molecules useful in the present invention comprise all or a functional portion of the ECD of two or more TNF receptors linked via one or more polypeptide linkers or other 15 nonpeptide linkers, such as polyethylene glycol (PEG). The multimeric molecules can further comprise a signal peptide of a secreted protein to direct expression of the multimeric molecule. These multimeric molecules and methods for their production have been described in U.S. Application No. 08/437,533 (filed May 9, 1995), the content of which is entirely incorporated herein by reference. TNF immunoreceptor fusion molecules useful in the methods and compositions of the present 20 invention comprise at least one portion of one or more immunoglobulin molecules and all or a functional portion of one or more TNF receptors. These immunoreceptor fusion molecules can be assembled as monomers, or hetero- or homo-multimers. The immunoreceptor fusion molecules can also be monovalent or multivalent. An example of such a TNF immunoreceptor fusion molecule is TNF receptor/IgG fusion protein. TNF immunoreceptor fusion molecules and methods for their 25 production have been described in the art (Lesslauer et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 21:2883-2886 (1991); Ashkenazi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:10535-10539 (1991); Peppel et al., J. Exp. Med. 174:1483-1489 (1991); Kolls et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:215-219 (1994); Butler et al., Cytokine 6(6):616-623 (1994); Baker et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 24:2040-2048 (1994); Beutler et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,447,851; and U.S. Application No. 08/442,133 (filed May 16, 1995), each of which 30 references are entirely incorporated herein by reference). Methods for producing immunoreceptor fusion molecules can also be found in Capon et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,116,964; Capon et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,225,538; and Capon et al., Nature 337:525-531 (1989), which references are entirely incorporated herein by reference. A functional equivalent, derivative, fragment or region of TNF receptor molecule refers to the 110 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 portion of the TNF receptor molecule, or the portion of the TNF receptor molecule sequence which encodes TNF receptor molecule, that is of sufficient size and sequences to functionally resemble TNF receptor molecules that can be used in the present invention (e.g., bind TNFa with high affinity and possess low immunogenicity). A functional equivalent of TNF receptor molecule also includes 5 modified TNF receptor molecules that functionally resemble TNF receptor molecules that can be used in the present invention (e.g., bind TNFa with high affinity and possess low immunogenicity). For example, a functional equivalent of TNF receptor molecule can contain a "SILENT" codon or one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions (e.g., substitution of one acidic amino acid for another acidic amino acid; or substitution of one codon encoding the same or different hydrophobic 10 amino acid for another codon encoding a hydrophobic amino acid). See Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Assoc. and Wiley-Interscience, New York (1987 2002). Cytokines include, but are not limited to all known cytokines. See, e.g., CopewithCytokines.com. Cytokine antagonists include, but are not limited to, any antibody, fragment 15 or mimetic, any soluble receptor, fragment or mimetic, any small molecule antagonist, or any combination thereof. Any method of the present invention can comprise a method for treating a protein mediated disorder, comprising administering an effective amount of a composition or pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant to a cell, 20 tissue, organ, animal or patient in need of such modulation, treatment or therapy. Such a method can optionally further comprise co-administration or combination therapy for treating such immune diseases, wherein the administering of said at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody, specified portion or variant thereof, further comprises administering, before concurrently, and/or after, at least one selected from at least one other cytokines such as IL-3, IL -6 and IL -11; stem cell factor; G-CSF and GM-CSF. 25 Combination therapy with GM-CSF, for example, is indicated in patients with low neutrophil levels, Typically, treatment of pathologic conditions is effected by administering an effective amount or dosage of at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody composition that total, on average, a range from at least about 0.01 to 500 milligrams of at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant /kilogram of patient per dose, and preferably from at least about 0.1 to 100 milligrams CH1-deleted 30 mimetibody or specified portion or variant /kilogram of patient per single or multiple administration, depending upon the specific activity of contained in the composition. Alternatively, the effective serum concentration can comprise 0.1-5000 pg/ml serum concentration per single or multiple adminstration. Suitable dosages are known to medical practitioners and will, of course, depend upon the particular disease state, specific activity of the composition being administered, and the particular patient 111 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 undergoing treatment. In some instances, to achieve the desired therapeutic amount, it can be necessary to provide for repeated administration, i.e., repeated individual administrations of a particular monitored or metered dose, where the individual administrations are repeated until the desired daily dose or effect is achieved. 5 Preferred doses can optionally include 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 009, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, and/or 30 mg/kg/administration, or any range, value or fraction thereof, or to achieve a serum concentration of 0.1, 0.5, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 1.9, 2.0, 2.5, 2.9, 3.0, 3.5, 3.9, 4.0, 4.5, 4.9, 5.0, 5.5, 5.9, 6.0, 6.5, 6.9, 7.0, 7.5, 7.9, 8.0, 8.5, 8.9, 9.0, 9.5, 9.9, 10, 10.5, 10.9, 11, 11.5, 11.9, 20, 10 12.5, 12.9, 13.0, 13.5, 13.9, 14.0, 14.5, 4.9, 5.0, 5.5., 5.9, 6.0, 6.5, 6.9, 7.0, 7.5, 7.9, 8.0, 8.5, 8.9, 9.0, 9.5, 9.9, 10, 10.5, 10.9, 11, 11.5, 11.9, 12, 12.5, 12.9, 13.0, 13.5, 13.9, 14, 14.5, 15, 15.5, 15.9, 16, 16.5, 16.9, 17, 17.5, 17.9, 18, 18.5, 18.9, 19, 19.5, 19.9, 20, 20.5, 20.9, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 96, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, and/or 5000 pig/ml serum concentration per single or multiple 15 administration, or any range, value or fraction thereof. Alternatively, the dosage administered can vary depending upon known factors, such as the pharmacodynamic characteristics of the particular agent, and its mode and route of administration; age, health, and weight of the recipient; nature and extent of symptoms, kind of concurrent treatment, frequency of treatment, and the effect desired. Usually a dosage of active ingredient can be about 0.1 20 to 100 milligrams per kilogram of body weight. Ordinarily 0.1 to 50, and preferably 0.1 to 10 milligrams per kilogram per administration or in sustained release form is effective to obtain desired results. As a non-limiting example, treatment of humans or animals can be provided as a one-time or periodic dosage of at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present 25 invention 0.01 to 100 mg/kg, such as 0.5, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100 mg/kg, per day, on at least one of day 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, or 40, or alternatively, at least one of week 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20, or any combination thereof, using 30 single, infusion or repeated doses. Dosage forms (composition) suitable for internal administration generally contain from about 0.0001 milligram to about 500 milligrams of active ingredient per unit or container. In these pharmaceutical compositions the active ingredient will ordinarily be present in an amount of about 0.5-95% by weight based on the total weight of the composition. 112 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 For parenteral administration, the CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant can be formulated as a solution, suspension, emulsion or lyophilized powder in association, or separately provided, with a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral vehicle. Examples of such vehicles are water, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Liposomes and 5 nonaqueous vehicles such as fixed oils may also be used. The vehicle or lyophilized powder may contain additives that maintain isotonicity (e.g., sodium chloride, mannitol) and chemical stability (e.g., buffers and preservatives). The formulation is sterilized by known or suitable techniques. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in the most recent edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, A. Osol, a standard reference text in this field. 10 Therapeutic Administration Many known and developed modes of can be used according to the present invention for administering pharmaceutically effective amounts of at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant according to the present invention. While pulmonary administration is used in the 15 following description, other modes of administration can be used according to the present invention with suitable results. A CHl-deleted mimetibody of the present invention can be delivered in a carrier, as a solution, emulsion, colloid, or suspension, or as a powder, using any of a variety of devices and methods suitable for administration by inhalation or other modes described here within or known in the art. 20 Parenteral Formulations and Administration Formulations for parenteral administration can contain as common excipients sterile water or saline, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, hydrogenated naphthalenes and the like. Aqueous or oily suspensions for injection can be prepared by using an 25 appropriate emulsifier or humidifier and a suspending agent, according to known methods. Agents for injection can be a non-toxic, non-orally administrable diluting agent such as aquous solution or a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a solvent. As the usable vehicle or solvent, water, Ringer's solution, isotonic saline, etc. are allowed; as an ordinary solvent, or suspending solvent, sterile involatile oil can be used. For these purposes, any kind of involatile oil and fatty acid can be used, 30 including natural or synthetic or semisynthetic fatty oils or fatty acids; natural or synthetic or semisynthtetic mono- or di- or tri-glycerides. Parental administration is known in the art and includes, but is not limited to, conventional means of injections, a gas pressured needle-less injection device as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,851,198, and a laser perforator device as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,839,446 entirely incorporated herein by reference. 35 113 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Alternative Delivery The invention further relates to the administration of at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant by parenteral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, bolus, vaginal, rectal, buccal, sublingual, intranasal, or transdermal means. Protein, CHI-deleted mimetibody or 5 specified portion or variant compositions can be prepared for use for parenteral (subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous) administration particularly in the form of liquid solutions or suspensions; for use in vaginal or rectal administration particularly in semisolid forms such as creams and suppositories; for buccal, or sublingual administration particularly in the form of tablets or capsules; or intranasally particularly in the form of powders, nasal drops or aerosols or certain agents; or 10 transdermally particularly in the form of a gel, ointment, lotion, suspension or patch delivery system with chemical enhancers such as dimethyl sulfoxide to either modify the skin structure or to increase the drug concentration in the transdermal patch (Junginger, et al. In "Drug Permeation Enhancement"; Hsieh, D. S., Eds., pp. 59-90 (Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York 1994, entirely incorporated herein by reference), or with oxidizing agents that enable the application of formulations containing proteins and 15 peptides onto the skin (WO 98/53847), or applications of electric fields to create transient transport pathways such as electroporation, or to increase the mobility of charged drugs through the skin such as iontophoresis, or application of ultrasound such as sonophoresis (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,309,989 and 4,767,402) (the above publications and patents being entirely incorporated herein by reference). 20 Pulmonary/Nasal Administration For pulmonary administration, preferably at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition is delivered in a particle size effective for reaching the lower airways of the lung or sinuses. According to the invention, at least one CHi-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant can be delivered by any of a variety of inhalation or nasal devices known in the art 25 for administration of a therapeutic agent by inhalation. These devices capable of depositing aerosolized formulations in the sinus cavity or alveoli of a patient include metered dose inhalers, nebulizers, dry powder generators, sprayers, and the like. Other devices suitable for directing the pulmonary or nasal administration of CHi -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variants are also known in the art. All such devices can use of formulations suitable for the administration for the 3 0 dispensing of CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant in an aerosol. Such aerosols can be comprised of either solutions (both aqueous and non aqueous) or solid particles. Metered dose inhalers like the Ventolin* metered dose inhaler, typically use a propellent gas and require actuation during inspiration (See, e.g., WO 94/16970, WO 98/35888). Dry powder inhalers like Turbuhalerm (Astra), Rotahaler* (Glaxo), Diskus* (Glaxo), Spirossm inhaler (Dura), devices marketed by Inhale 35 Therapeutics, and the Spinhaler® powder inhaler (Fisons), use breath-actuation of a mixed powder (US r 114 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 4668218 Astra, EP 237507 Astra, WO 97/25086 Glaxo, WO 94/08552 Dura, US 5458135 Inhale, WO 94/06498 Fisons, entirely incorporated herein by reference). Nebulizers like AERxm Aradigm, the Ultravent* nebulizer (Mallinckrodt), and the Acorn II nebulizer (Marquest Medical Products) (US 5404871 Aradigm, WO 97/22376), the above references entirely incorporated herein by reference, 5 produce aerosols from solutions, while metered dose inhalers, dry powder inhalers, etc. generate small particle aerosols. These specific examples of commercially available inhalation devices are intended to be a representative of specific devices suitable for the practice of this invention, and are not intended as limiting the scope of the invention. Preferably, a composition comprising at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant is delivered by a dry powder inhaler or a sprayer. There are 10 a several desirable features of an inhalation device for administering at least one CHl-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant of the present invention. For example, delivery by the inhalation device is advantageously reliable, reproducible, and accurate. The inhalation device can optionally deliver small dry particles, e.g. less than about 10 gim, preferably about 1-5 im, for good respirability. 15 Administration of CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant Compositions as a Spray A spray including CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein can be produced by forcing a suspension or solution of at least one C1-deleted mimetibody or 20 specified portion or variant through a nozzle under pressure. The nozzle size and configuration, the applied pressure, and the liquid feed rate can be chosen to achieve the desired output and particle size. An electrospray can be produced, for example, by an electric field in connection with a capillary or nozzle feed. Advantageously, particles of at least one C1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein delivered by a sprayer have a particle size less than about 10 pm, 25 preferably in the range of about 1 pm to about 5 pm, and most preferably about 2 pm to about 3 pm. Formulations of at least one CHi-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein suitable for use with a sprayer typically include CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein in an aqueous solution at a concentration of about 1 mg to about 20 mg of at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition 30 protein per ml of solution. The formulation can include agents such as an excipient, a buffer, an isotonicity agent, a preservative, a surfactant, and, preferably, zinc. The formulation can also include an excipient or agent for stabilization of the CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein, such as a buffer, a reducing agent, a bulk protein, or a carbohydrate. Bulk proteins useful in formulating CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition 115 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 proteins include albumin, protamine, or the like. Typical carbohydrates useful in formulating CHI deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition proteins include sucrose, mannitol, lactose, trehalose, glucose, or the like. The CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein formulation can also include a surfactant, which can reduce or prevent surface 5 induced aggregation of the CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein caused by atomization of the solution in forming an aerosol. Various conventional surfactants can be employed, such as polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters and alcohols, and polyoxyethylene sorbitol fatty acid esters. Amounts will generally range between 0.001 and 14% by weight of the formulation. Especially preferred surfactants for purposes of this invention are polyoxyethylene sorbitan 10 monooleate, polysorbate 80, polysorbate 20, or the like. Additional agents known in the art for formulation of a protein such as mimetibodies, or specified portions or variants, can also be included in the formulation. Administration of CH-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant compositions by a 15 Nebulizer CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein can be administered by a nebulizer, such as jet nebulizer or an ultrasonic nebulizer. Typically, in a jet nebulizer, a compressed air source is used to create a high-velocity air jet through an orifice. As the gas expands beyond the nozzle, a low-pressure region is created, which draws a solution of CHI 20 deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein through a capillary tube connected to a liquid reservoir. The liquid stream from the capillary tube is sheared into unstable filaments and droplets as it exits the tube, creating the aerosol. A range of configurations, flow rates, and baffle types can be employed to achieve the desired performance characteristics from a given jet nebulizer. In an ultrasonic nebulizer, high-frequency electrical energy is used to create vibrational, 25 mechanical energy, typically employing a piezoelectric transducer. This energy is transmitted to the formulation of CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein either directly or through a coupling fluid, creating an aerosol including the CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein. Advantageously, particles of CHl-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein delivered by a nebulizer have a particle 30 size less than about 10 pm, preferably in the range of about 1 grm to about 5 pm, and most preferably about 2 pim to about 3 pm. Formulations of at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant suitable for use with a nebulizer, either jet or ultrasonic, typically include CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein in an aqueous solution at a concentration of about I mg to about 116 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 20 mg of at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant protein per ml of solution. The formulation can include agents such as an excipient, a buffer, an isotonicity agent, a preservative, a surfactant, and, preferably, zinc. The formulation can also include an excipient or agent for stabilization of the at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition 5 protein, such as a buffer, a reducing agent, a bulk protein, or a carbohydrate. Bulk proteins useful in formulating at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition proteins include albumin, protamine, or the like. Typical carbohydrates useful in formulating at least one CHi deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant include sucrose, mannitol, lactose, trehalose, glucose, or the like. The at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant 10 formulation can also include a surfactant, which can reduce or prevent surface-induced aggregation of the at least one CHl-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant caused by atomization of the solution in forming an aerosol. Various conventional surfactants can be employed, such as polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters and alcohols, and polyoxyethylene sorbital fatty acid esters. Amounts will generally range between 0.001 and 4% by weight of the formulation. Especially 15 preferred surfactants for purposes of this invention are polyoxyethylene sorbitan mono-oleate, polysorbate 80, polysorbate 20, or the like. Additional agents known in the art for formulation of a protein such as CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant protein can also be included in the formulation. 20 Administration of CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant compositions By A Metered Dose Inhaler In a metered dose inhaler (MDI), a propellant, at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant, and any excipients or other additives are contained in a canister as a 25 mixture including a liquefied compressed gas. Actuation of the metering valve releases the mixture as an aerosol, preferably containing particles in the size range of less than about 10 ptm, preferably about 1 pm to about 5 pm, and most preferably about 2 pm to about 3 pm. The desired aerosol particle size can be obtained by employing a formulation of CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant composition protein produced by various methods known to those of skill in the art, including jet 3 0 milling, spray drying, critical point condensation, or the like. Preferred metered dose inhalers include those manufactured by 3M or Glaxo and employing a hydrofluorocarbon propellant. Formulations of at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant for use with a metered-dose inhaler device will generally include a finely divided powder containing at least one CHI -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant as a suspension in a non-aqueous medium, 35 for example, suspended in a propellant with the aid of a surfactant. The propellant can be any 117 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 conventional material employed for this purpose, such as chlorofluorocarbon, a hydrochlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, or a hydrocarbon, including trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorodifluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethanol and 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane, HFA-134a (hydrofluroalkane-134a), HFA-227 (hydrofluroalkane-227), or the like. Preferably the propellant is a 5 hydrofluorocarbon. The surfactant can be chosen to stabilize the at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant as a suspension in the propellant, to protect the active agent against chemical degradation, and the like. Suitable surfactants include sorbitan trioleate, soya lecithin, oleic acid, or the like. In some cases solution aerosols are preferred using solvents such as ethanol. Additional agents known in the art for formulation of a protein such as protein can also be included in 10 the formulation. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the methods of the current invention can be achieved by pulmonary administration of at least one CH1-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant compositions via devices not described herein. Mucosal Formulations and Administration 15 For absorption through mucosal surfaces, compositions and methods of administering at least one CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant include an emulsion comprising a plurality of submicron particles, a mucoadhesive macromolecule, a bioactive peptide, and an aqueous continuous phase, which promotes absorption through mucosal surfaces by achieving mucoadhesion of the emulsion particles (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,514,670). Mucous surfaces suitable for application of the 20 emulsions of the present invention can include corneal, conjunctival, buccal, sublingual, nasal, vaginal, pulmonary, stomachic, intestinal, and rectal routes of administration. Formulations for vaginal or rectal administration, e.g. suppositories, can contain as excipients, for example, polyalkyleneglycols, vaseline, cocoa butter, and the like. Formulations for intranasal administration can be solid and contain as excipients, for example, lactose or can be aqueous or oily solutions of nasal drops. For buccal 25 administration excipients include sugars, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, pregelinatined starch, and the like (U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,695). Oral Formulations and Administration Formulations for oral rely on the co-administration of adjuvants (e.g., resorcinols and nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene oleyl ether and n-hexadecylpolyethylene ether) to increase 30 artificially the permeability of the intestinal walls, as well as the co-administration of enzymatic inhibitors (e.g., pancreatic trypsin inhibitors, diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFF) and trasylol) to inhibit enzymatic degradation. The active constituent compound of the solid-type dosage form for oral administration can be mixed with at least one additive, including sucrose, lactose, cellulose, mannitol, trehalose, raffinose, maltitol, dextran, starches, agar, arginates, chitins, chitosans, pectins, gum 35 tragacanth, gum arabic, gelatin, collagen, casein, albumin, synthetic or semisynthetic polymer, and T 118 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 glyceride. These dosage forms can also contain other type(s) of additives, e.g., inactive diluting agent, lubricant such as magnesium stearate, paraben, preserving agent such as sorbic acid, ascorbic acid, alpha-tocopherol, antioxidant such as cysteine, disintegrator, binder, thickener, buffering agent, sweetening agent, flavoring agent, perfuming agent, etc. 5 Tablets and pills can be further processed into enteric-coated preparations. The liquid preparations for oral administration include emulsion, syrup, elixir, suspension and solution preparations allowable for medical use. These preparations may contain inactive diluting agents ordinarily used in said field, e.g., water. Liposomes have also been described as drug delivery systems for insulin and heparin (U.S. Pat. No. 4,239,754). More recently, microspheres of artificial polymers 10 of mixed amino acids (proteinoids) have been used to deliver pharmaceuticals (U.S. Pat. No. 4,925,673). Furthermore, carrier compounds described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,879,681 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,5,871,753 are used to deliver biologically active agents orally are known in the art. Transdermal Formulations and Administration For transdermal administration, the at least one CHi-deleted mimetibody or specified portion 15 or variant is encapsulated in a delivery device such as a liposome or polymeric nanoparticles, microparticle, microcapsule, or microspheres (referred to collectively as microparticles unless otherwise stated). A number of suitable devices are known, including microparticles made of synthetic polymers such as polyhydroxy acids such as polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid and copolymers thereof, polyorthoesters, polyanhydrides, and polyphosphazenes, and natural polymers such as collagen, 20 polyamino acids, albumin and other proteins, alginate and other polysaccharides, and combinations thereof (U.S. Pat. No. 5,814,599). Prolonged Administration and Formulations It can be sometimes desirable to deliver the compounds of the present invention to the subject over prolonged periods of time, for example, for periods of one week to one year from a single 25 administration. Various slow release, depot or implant dosage forms can be utilized. For example, a dosage form can contain a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic salt of the compounds that has a low degree of solubility in body fluids, for example, (a) an acid addition salt with a polybasic acid such as phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, tannic acid, pamoic acid, alginic acid, polyglutamic acid, naphthalene mono- or di-sulfonic acids, polygalacturonic acid, and the like; (b) a 30 salt with a polyvalent metal cation such as zinc, calcium, bismuth, barium, magnesium, aluminum, copper, cobalt, nickel, cadmium and the like, or with an organic cation formed from e.g., NN' dibenzyl-ethylenediamine or ethylenediamine; or (c) combinations of (a) and (b) e.g. a zinc tannate salt. Additionally, the compounds of the present invention or, preferably, a relatively insoluble salt such as those just described, can be formulated in a gel, for example, an aluminum monostearate gel 35 with, e.g. sesame oil, suitable for injection. Particularly preferred salts are zinc salts, zinc tannate salts, r 119 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 pamoate salts, and the like. Another type of slow release depot formulation for injection would contain the compound or salt dispersed for encapsulated in a slow degrading, non-toxic, non-antigenic polymer such as a polylactic acid/polyglycolic acid polymer for example as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919. The compounds or, preferably, relatively insoluble salts such as those described above can 5 also be formulated in cholesterol matrix silastic pellets, particularly for use in animals. Additional slow release, depot or implant formulations, e.g. gas or liquid liposomes are known in the literature (U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,222 and "Sustained and Controlled Release Drug Delivery Systems", J. R. Robinson ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., N.Y., 1978). 10 Having generally described the invention, the same will be more readily understood by reference to the following examples, which are provided by way of illustration and are not intended as limiting. 120 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Example 1: Cloning and Expression of CHI-deleted mimetibody in Mammalian Cells A typical mammalian expression vector contains at least one promoter element, which mediates the initiation of transcription of mRNA, the CHl-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or 5 variant coding sequence, and signals required for the termination of transcription and polyadenylation of the transcript. Additional elements include enhancers, Kozak sequences and intervening sequences flanked by donor and acceptor sites for RNA splicing. Highly efficient transcription can be achieved with the early and late promoters from SV40, the long terminal repeats (LTRS) from Retroviruses, e.g., RSV, HTLVI, HIVI and the early promoter of the cytomegalovirus (CMV). However, cellular elements 10 can also be used (e.g., the human actin promoter). Suitable expression vectors for use in practicing the present invention include, for example, vectors such as pIRES 1neo, pRetro-Off, pRetro-On, PLXSN, or pLNCX (Clonetech Labs, Palo Alto, CA), pcDNA3.1 (+/-), pcDNA/Zeo (+/-) or pcDNA3.l/Hygro (+/ ) (Invitrogen), PSVL and PMSG (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden), pRSVcat (ATCC 37152), pSV2dhfr (ATCC 37146) and pBC12MI (ATCC 67109). Mammalian host cells that could be used include 15 human Hela 293, H9 and Jurkat cells, mouse NIH3T3 and C127 cells, Cos 1, Cos 7 and CV 1, quail QC1-3 cells, mouse L cells and Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells. Alternatively, the gene can be expressed in stable cell lines that contain the gene integrated into a chromosome. The co-transfection with a selectable marker such as dhfr, gpt, neomycin, or hygromycin allows the identification and isolation of the transfected cells. 20 The transfected gene can also be amplified to express large amounts of the encoded CHI deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant. The DHFR (dihydrofolate reductase) marker is useful to develop cell lines that carry several hundred or even several thousand copies of the gene of interest. Another useful selection marker is the enzyme glutamine synthase (GS) (Murphy, et al., Biochem. J. 227:277-279 (1991); Bebbington, et al., Bio/Technology 10:169-175 (1992)). Using these 25 markers, the mammalian cells are grown in selective medium and the cells with the highest resistance are selected. These cell lines contain the amplified gene(s) integrated into a chromosome. Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) and NSO cells are often used for the production of CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variants. The expression vectors pC 1 and pC4 contain the strong promoter (LTR) of the Rous Sarcoma 30 Virus (Cullen, et al., Molec. Cell. Biol. 5:438-447 (1985)) plus a fragment of the CMV-enhancer (Boshart, et al., Cell 41:521-530 (1985)). Multiple cloning sites, e.g., with the restriction enzyme cleavage sites BamlI, XbaI and Asp718, facilitate the cloning of the gene of interest. The vectors contain in addition the 3' intron, the polyadenylation and termination signal of the rat preproinsulin gene. 35 T 121 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 Cloning and Expression in CHO Cells The vector pC4 is used for the expression of CH1 -deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant. Plasmid pC4 is a derivative of the plasmid pSV2-dhfr (ATCC Accession No. 37146). The plasmid contains the mouse DHFR gene under control of the SV40 early promoter. Chinese hamster 5 ovary- or other cells lacking dihydrofolate activity that are transfected with these plasmids can be selected by growing the cells in a selective medium (e.g., alpha minus MEM, Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD) supplemented with the chemotherapeutic agent methotrexate. The amplification of the DHFR genes in cells resistant to methotrexate (MTX) has been well documented (see, e.g., F. W. Alt, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 253:1357-1370 (1978); J. L. Hamlin and C. Ma, Biochem. et Biophys. Acta 10 1097:107-143 (1990); and M. J. Page and M. A. Sydenham, Biotechnology 9:64-68 (1991)). Cells grown in increasing concentrations of MTX develop resistance to the drug by overproducing the target enzyme, DHFR, as a result of amplification of the DHFR gene. If a second gene is linked to the DHFR gene, it is usually co-amplified and over-expressed. It is known in the art that this approach can be used to develop cell lines carrying more than 1,000 copies of the amplified gene(s). Subsequently, 15 when the methotrexate is withdrawn, cell lines are obtained that contain the amplified gene integrated into one or more chromosome(s) of the host cell. Plasmid pC4 contains for expressing the gene of interest the strong promoter of the long terminal repeat (LTR) of the Rous Sarcoma Virus (Cullen, et al., Molec. Cell. Biol. 5:438-447 (1985)) plus a fragment isolated from the enhancer of the immediate early gene of human cytomegalovirus 20 (CMV) (Boshart, et al., Cell 41:521-530 (1985)). Downstream of the promoter are BamHI, XbaI, and Asp718 restriction enzyme cleavage sites that allow integration of the genes. Behind these cloning sites the plasmid contains the 3' intron and polyadenylation site of the rat preproinsulin gene. Other high efficiency promoters can also be used for the expression, e.g., the human b-actin promoter, the SV40 early or late promoters or the long terminal repeats from other retroviruses, e.g., HIV and 25 HTLVI. Clontech's Tet-Off and Tet-On gene expression systems and similar systems can be used to express the EPO in a regulated way in mammalian cells (M. Gossen, and H. Bujard, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 5547-5551 (1992)). For the polyadenylation of the mRNA other signals, e.g., from the human growth hormone or globin genes can be used as well. Stable cell lines carrying a gene of interest integrated into the chromosomes can also be selected upon co-transfection with a selectable 30 marker such as gpt, G418 or hygromycin. It is advantageous to use more than one selectable marker in the beginning, e.g., G418 plus methotrexate. The plasmid pC4 is digested with restriction enzymes and then dephosphorylated using calf intestinal phosphatase by procedures known in the art. The vector is then isolated from a 1% agarose gel. r 122 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 The DNA sequence encoding the complete CHI-deleted mimetibody or specified portion or variant is used, e.g., as presented in SEQID NOS: 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, corresponding to HC and LC variable regions of a CH1-deleted mimetibody of the present invention, according to known method steps. Isolated nucleic acid encoding a suitable human constant region (i.e., HC and LC regions) is 5 also used in this construct (e.g., as provided in vector p 135 1). The isolated variable and constant region encoding DNA and the dephosphorylated vector are then ligated with T4 DNA ligase. E. coli HB101 or XL-1 Blue cells are then transformed and bacteria are identified that contain the fragment inserted into plasmid pC4 using, for instance, restriction enzyme analysis. 10 Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells lacking an active DHFR gene are used for transfection. 5 pg of the expression plasmid pC4 is cotransfected with 0.5 pg of the plasmid pSV2-neo using lipofectin. The plasmid pSV2neo contains a dominant selectable marker, the neo gene from Tn5 encoding an enzyme that confers resistance to a group of antibiotics including G418. The cells are seeded in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 1 pg /ml G418. After 2 days, the cells are trypsinized 15 and seeded in hybridoma cloning plates (Greiner, Germany) in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 10, 25, or 50 ng/ml of methotrexate plus 1 pg /ml G41 8. After about 10-14 days single clones are trypsinized and then seeded in 6-well petri dishes or 10 ml flasks using different concentrations of methotrexate (50 nM, 100 nM, 200 nM, 400 nM, 800 nM). Clones growing at the highest concentrations of methotrexate are then transferred to new 6-well plates containing even higher 20 concentrations of methotrexate (1 mM, 2 mM, 5 mM, 10 mM, 20 mM). The same procedure is repeated until clones are obtained that grow at a concentration of 100 - 200 mM. Expression of the desired gene product is analyzed, for instance, by SDS-PAGE and Western blot or by reverse phase HPLC analysis. 25 Additional constructs can be expressed with single or multiple amino acid changes in order to avoid undesirable activities. These changes may be expressed alone or multiple changes combined in a single construct. The cysteine normally involved in a disulfide bridge between the HC and LC will be mutated to an alanine. While this cysteine may be involved in stabilizing the construct by forming a third disulfide bridge, it is possible that it may aberrantly form a disulfide bond with other cyseines 3 0 within the construct, or it could form a disulfide linkage between two constructs. By removing the cysteine, proper folding and assembly could be enhanced and the possibility of self-association diminished. It has been shown that mutation of two lysine (L) residues, L234 & L23 5, in the IgGI lower hinge region to alanine (A) will abrogate the ability of the immunoglobulin to mediate complement T 123 WO 2004/002417 PCT/US2003/020347 dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) and antibody dependant cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) (Hezereh et al., 2001, J. Virol., vol. 75 (24), 12161-68). Another modification that would result in a decrease in mediation of immune effector functions is the removal of the glycosylation attachment site. This can be accomplished by mutation of the asparagine 5 to glutamine (Q). Aglycosylated versions of the IgGI subclass are known to be poor mediators of immune effector function (Jefferis et al. 1998, Immol. Rev., vol. 163, 50-76). An additional modification that is currently being pursued is the replacement of the IgG1 CH2 and CH3 regions with the same regions of the IgG4 subtype while retaining the GI hinge region. As discussed previously, the ability of the IgG4 subclass to mediate immune effector functions is much 10 lower than that of the G1 subclass. So this construct is expected to retain activity of NfusCG1 without the concerns of potential immune effector functions. Other envisioned modifications are those that would decrease the potential immunogenicity of the constructs. One important determinant of immunogenicity is the ability of peptides derived from a protein to be efficiently bound and presented by MHC molecules to T cells and to elicit a cell based 15 immune response or T cell help for an antibody response. Using publicly available web based algorithms for MHC binding (SYFPETH[, Ramensee et al., 1999, Immunogenetics, vol. 50, 213-19 and BIMAS) potential MHC binding epitopes within the NfusCG1 were analyzed. Mutations that would decrease the predicted immunogenicity of one or more peptides are evaluated for in vivo effect on immunogenicity. 20 Advantages: The novel construct, NfusCG1 described above offers an alternative way of displaying bioactive peptides. In addition, proposed modifications are expected to, in combination and in- addition to the novel features of mimetibodies of the present invention, enhance their utility. It will be clear that the invention can be practiced otherwise than as particularly described in the foregoing description and examples. 25 Numerous modifications and variations of the present invention are possible in light of the above teachings and, therefore, are within the scope of the present invention T 124

Claims (21)

  1. 2. At least one CHI deleted mimetibody polypeptide, comprising a polypeptide according to Formula (I): 15 (Vi (n)-Pep(n)-Flex(n)-V2(n)-pHinge(n)-CH2(n)-CH3(n))(m), where VI is at least one portion of an N-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, Pep is at least one bioactive peptide selected from SEQ ID NOS: 43-518, Flex is polypeptide that provides structural flexibility by allowing the mimetibody to have alternative orientations and binding properties, V2 is at least one portion of a C-terminus 20 of an immunoglobulin variable region, pHinge is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin variable hinge region, CH2 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH2 constant region, CH3 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH3 constant region, n and n can be an integer between I and 10.
  2. 3. At least one CHI deleted mimetibody polypeptide, comprising a polypeptide 25 according to Formula (I): (VI (n)-Pep(n)-Flex(n)-V2(n)-pHinge(n)-CH2(n)-C-13(n))(m), where VI is at least one portion of an N-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, Pep is at least one bioactive peptide selected from SEQ ID NOS: 519-1110, Flex is polypeptide that provides structural flexibility by allowing the mimetibody to have 30 alternative orientations and binding properties, V2 is at least one portion of a C-terminus of an immunoglobulin variable region, pHinge is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin variable hinge region, CI-12 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH2 constant -126 region, CH3 is at least a portion of an immunoglobulin CH3 constant region, 11 and m can be an integer between I and 10.
  3. 4. A CHI deleted mimetibody nucleic acid or CHlI deleted mimetibody polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein said polypeptide has at least one activity of 5 at least one Pep polypeptide.
  4. 5. A CHI deleted mimetibody antibody, comprising a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody, fusion protein, or fragment thereof, that specifically binds at least one CHI deleted mimetibody polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-3.
  5. 6. A CHI deleted mimetibody nucleic acid encoding at least one CHI deleted 10 mimetibody polypeptide or CH lI deleted mimetibody antibody according to any one of claim 1-5.
  6. 7. A CHI deleted inimetibody vector comprising at least one isolated nucleic acid according to claim 6.
  7. 8. A CHI deleted mimetibody host cell comprising an isolated nucleic acid 15 according to claim 7.
  8. 9. A CHI deleted mimetibody host cell according to claim 8, wherein said host cell is at least one selected from COS-1, COS-7, HEK293, BHK21, CHO, BSC-1, Hep G2, 653, SP2/0, 293, NSO, DG44 CHO, CHO KI, HeLa, myeloma, or lymphoma cells, or any derivative, immortalized or transformed cell thereof 20 10. A method for producing at least one CH lI deleted mimetibody polypeptide or CHI deleted mimetibody antibody, comprising translating a nucleic acid according to claim 6 under conditions in vitro, in vivo or in situ, such that the CHI deleted mimetibody or antibody is expressed in detectable or recoverable amounts.
  9. 11. A composition comprising at least one CH I deleted mimetibody nucleic acid, 25 C1l deleted mimetibody polypeptide, or CHlI deleted mimetibody antibody according to any one of claims 1-5.
  10. 12. A composition according to claim 11, wherein said composition further comprises at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  11. 13. A composition according to claim I I or claim 12, further comprising at least one 30 composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound, composition or polypeptide selected fion at least one of a detectable label or reporter, a TNF antagonist, an anti-infective drug, a cardiovascular (CV) system drug, a central nervous system (CNS) drug, an autonomic nervous system (ANS) drug, a respiratory - 127 tract drug, a gastrointestinal (GI) tract drug, a hormonal drug, a drug for fluid or electrolyte balance, a hematologic drug, an antineoplastic drug, an immunomodulation drug, an opthalmic, otic or nasal drug, a topical drug, a nutritional drug, a cytokine, or a cytokine antagonist. 5 14. A composition according to any one of claims 1 1 to 13, in a form of at least one selected from a liquid, gas, or dry, solution, mixture, suspension, emulsion or colloid, a lyophilized preparation, or a powder.
  12. 15. A method for diagnosing or treating a CHI deleted mimetibody ligand related condition in a cell, tissue, organ or animal, comprising (a) contacting or administering a 10 composition comprising an effective amount of at least one CHI deleted mimetibody nucleic acid, polypeptide or antibody according to any one of claims 1-5, with, or to, said cell, tissue, organ or animal.
  13. 16. A method according to claim 15, wherein said effective amount is 0.001-50 mg of CHlI deleted mimetibody antibody; 0.000001-500 mg of said CHI deleted 15 mimetibody; or 0.0001-100 pg of said CHI deleted mimetibody nucleic acid per kilogram of said cells, tissue, organ or animal.
  14. 17. A method according to claim 15 or claim 16, wherein said contacting or said administrating is by at least one mode selected from parenteral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intrarticular, intrabronchial, intraabdominal, intracapsular, 20 intracartilaginous, intracavitary, intracelial, intracelebellar, intracerebroventricular, intracolic, intracervical, intragastric, intrahepatic, intramyocardial, intraosteal, intrapelvic, intrapericardiac, intraperitoneal, intrapleural, intraprostatic, intrapulmonary, intrarectal, intrarenal, intraretinal, intraspinal, intrasynovial, intrathoracic, intrauterine, intravesical, intralesional, bolus, vaginal, rectal, buccal, sublingual, intranasal, or 25 transdermal.
  15. 18. A method according to any one of claims 15 to 17, further comprising administering, prior, concurrently or after said (a) contacting or administering, at least one composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound or polypeptide selected from at least one of a detectable label or reporter, a TNF antagonist, 30 an anti-infective drug, a cardiovascular (CV) system drug, a central nervous system (CNS) drug, an autonomic nervous system (ANS) drug, a respiratory tract drug, a gastrointestinal (GI) tract drug, a hormonal drug, a drug for fluid or electrolyte balance, - 128 a hematologic drug, an antineoplastic drug, an immunomodulation drug, an opthalmic, otic or nasal drug, a topical drug, a nutritional drug, a cytokine, or a cytokine antagonist.
  16. 19. A device, comprising at least one isolated CHlI deleted mimetibody polypeptide, antibody or nucleic acid according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein said device is 5 suitable for contacting or administering said at least one of said CH I deleted mimetibody polypeptide, antibody or nucleic acid, by at least one mode selected from parenteral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intrarticular, intrabronchial, intraabdominal, intracapsular, intracartilaginous, intracavitary, intracelial, intracelebellar, intracerebroventricular, intracolic, intracervical, intragastric, intrahepatic, 10 intramyocard ial, intraosteal, intrapelvic, intrapericardiac, intraperitoneal, intrapleural, intraprostatic, intrapulmonary, intrarectal, intrarenal, intraretinal, intraspinal, intrasynovial, intrathoracic, intrauterine, intravesical, intralesional, bolus, vaginal, rectal, buccal, sublingual, intranasal, or transdermal.
  17. 20. An article of manufacture for human pharmaceutical or diagnostic use, 15 comprising packaging material and a container comprising at least one isolated CHlI deleted mimetibody polypeptide, antibody or nucleic acid according to any one of claims 1-5.
  18. 21. The article of manufacture of claim 20, wherein said container is a component of a parenteral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intrarticular, intrabronchial, 20 intraabdominal, intracapsular, intracartilaginous, intracavitary, intracelial, intracelebellar, intracerebroventricular, intracolic, intracervical, intragastric, intrahepatic, intramyocardial, intraosteal, intrapelvic, intrapericardiac, intraperitoneal, intrapleural, intraprostatic, intrapulmonary, intrarectal, intrarenal, intraretinal, intraspinal, intrasynovial, intrathoracic, intrauterine, intravesical, intralesional, bolus, vaginal, rectal, 25 buccal, sublingual, intranasal, or transdermal delivery device or system.
  19. 22. A method for producing at least one isolated CH I deleted mimetibody polypeptide, antibody or nucleic acid according to any one of claims 1-5, comprising providing at least one host cell, transgenic animal, transgenic plant, plant cell capable of expressing in detectable or recoverable amounts said polypeptide, antibody or nucleic 30 acid.
  20. 23. At least one CHI deleted mimetibody polypeptide, antibody or nucleic acid, produced by a method according to claim 22. - 129 24. Use of at least one CHlI deleted mimetibody nucleic acid, polypeptide or antibody according to any one of claims 1-5 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a CHlI deleted mimetibody ligand related condition.
  21. 25. A CHI deleted mimetibody nucleic acid, a CHlI deleted mimetibody polypeptide 5 or a CHI deleted mimetibody antibody, according to any one of claims I to 6; a CHI deleted mimetibody vector according to claim 7; a CH lI deleted mimetibody host cell according to claim 8 or claim 9; a method for producing at least one CH I deleted mimetibody polypeptide or CHI deleted mimetibody antibody according to claim 10 or claim 22; a composition according to any one of claims 1I to 14; a method for 10 diagnosing or treating a CHI deleted mimetibody ligan related condition according to any one of claims 15 to 18; a device according to claim 19; an article of manufacture according to claim 20 or claim 21, substantially as herein described with reference to any one of the embodiments of the invention illustrated in the accompanying examples.
AU2003280130A 2002-06-28 2003-06-27 Mammalian CH1 deleted mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses Ceased AU2003280130B2 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US39243102P true 2002-06-28 2002-06-28
US60/392,431 2002-06-28
PCT/US2003/020347 WO2004002417A2 (en) 2002-06-28 2003-06-27 Mammalian ch1 deleted mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
AU2003280130A1 AU2003280130A1 (en) 2004-01-19
AU2003280130B2 true AU2003280130B2 (en) 2009-06-11

Family

ID=30000868

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
AU2003280130A Ceased AU2003280130B2 (en) 2002-06-28 2003-06-27 Mammalian CH1 deleted mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses

Country Status (6)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1545608A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2006504406A (en)
CN (1) CN1735433A (en)
AU (1) AU2003280130B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2490409A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2004002417A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (83)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1250721C (en) 1998-10-23 2006-04-12 安姆根有限公司 Dimeric thrombopoietin peptide mimetics binding to MP1 receptor and having thrombopoietic activity
US6660843B1 (en) 1998-10-23 2003-12-09 Amgen Inc. Modified peptides as therapeutic agents
WO2003084477A2 (en) * 2002-03-29 2003-10-16 Centocor, Inc. Mammalian cdr mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses
MXPA05000202A (en) * 2002-06-28 2005-09-30 Johnson & Johnson Mammalian epo mimetic ch1 deleted mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses.
JP4767857B2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2011-09-07 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプJanssen Pharmaceutica Naamloze Vennootschap Benzimidazole compounds
DE602004022571D1 (en) * 2003-09-30 2009-09-24 Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc Human epo mimetic nuclear-mimetikörper, compositions, methods and applications
WO2005097175A2 (en) * 2004-03-31 2005-10-20 Centocor, Inc. Human glp-1 mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses
BRPI0516011A (en) 2004-09-24 2008-08-19 Amgen Inc modified molecules fc
US20060084145A1 (en) 2004-09-27 2006-04-20 Anderson Glenn M sRAGE mimetibody, compositions, methods and uses
CN101437540B (en) * 2004-10-25 2012-12-19 森托科尔公司 Melanocortin receptor binding mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses
CA2603359A1 (en) * 2005-03-28 2007-07-19 Centocor, Inc. Human glp-1 mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US8008453B2 (en) 2005-08-12 2011-08-30 Amgen Inc. Modified Fc molecules
CA2648035A1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-11 Centocor, Inc. Human epo mimetic hinge core mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses for preventing or treating glucose intolerance related conditions or renal disease associated anemia
WO2008028044A2 (en) 2006-08-30 2008-03-06 Centocor, Inc. Markers and methods for assessing and treating ulcerative colitis and related disorders using 66 gene panel
US8834920B2 (en) 2006-12-21 2014-09-16 Alza Corporation Liposome composition for targeting egfr receptor
WO2008079973A2 (en) 2006-12-21 2008-07-03 Centocor, Inc. Egfr binding peptides and uses thereof
US8278415B2 (en) 2006-12-21 2012-10-02 Centocor, Inc. Dimeric high affinity EGFR constructs and uses thereof
WO2008092209A1 (en) * 2007-02-01 2008-08-07 Arana Therapeutics Limited Protein construct with improved properties
CA2701032A1 (en) 2007-09-27 2009-04-02 Amgen Inc. Pharmaceutical formulations
EP3381445A3 (en) 2007-11-15 2019-01-16 Amgen Inc. Aqueous formulation of antibody stablised by antioxidants for parenteral administration
CA2711826C (en) 2008-01-25 2018-02-27 Amgen Inc. Ferroportin antibodies and methods of use
EP2294087B1 (en) 2008-05-01 2014-05-14 Amgen, Inc. Anti-hepcidin antibodies and methods of use
CN102165315B (en) 2008-08-29 2014-06-18 森托科尔奥索生物科技公司 Markers and methods for assessing and treating ulcerative colitis and related disorders using a 20 gene panel
WO2010054195A2 (en) 2008-11-07 2010-05-14 Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc. Markers and methods for assessing and treating lupus patients susceptible to photoprovocation
CA3019967A1 (en) 2008-11-13 2010-05-20 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and compositions for regulating iron homeostasis by modulation of bmp-6
US9662271B2 (en) 2009-10-23 2017-05-30 Amgen Inc. Vial adapter and system
US8728985B2 (en) 2009-11-17 2014-05-20 Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc. Display of disulfide linked dimeric proteins in filamentous phage
WO2011062862A1 (en) 2009-11-17 2011-05-26 Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc. Improved bacterial membrane protein secrection
WO2011103164A1 (en) 2010-02-18 2011-08-25 Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc. Monkey homolog of human interferon omega
JP5908888B2 (en) 2010-04-16 2016-04-26 ヤンセン バイオテツク,インコーポレーテツド Cysteine ​​proteases and use of modified plant
MX2012014180A (en) 2010-06-07 2013-05-06 Amgen Inc Drug delivery device.
EP2621950A4 (en) 2010-09-27 2015-09-02 Janssen Biotech Inc Antibodies binding human collagen ii
CA2831100A1 (en) 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Mark Dominis Holt Vial adapter and system
CN106943645A (en) 2011-10-14 2017-07-14 安姆根有限公司 Injector and method of assembly
EP2922590A1 (en) 2012-11-21 2015-09-30 Amgen Inc. Drug delivery device
JP6463331B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-01-30 イントリンシック ライフサイエンシズ リミテッド ライアビリティ カンパニー Anti-hepcidin antibody and uses thereof
WO2014144542A2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Omeros Corporation Methods of generating bioactive peptide-bearing antibodies and compositions comprising the same
WO2014149357A1 (en) 2013-03-22 2014-09-25 Amgen Inc. Injector and method of assembly
SG11201602876WA (en) 2013-10-24 2016-05-30 Amgen Inc Injector and method of assembly
MX2016005315A (en) 2013-10-24 2016-08-11 Amgen Inc Drug delivery system with temperature-sensitive control.
US20180193623A1 (en) 2014-02-05 2018-07-12 Amgen Inc. Drug delivery system with electromagnetic field generator
JP2017518791A (en) 2014-05-07 2017-07-13 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Injector having a shock absorbing element
WO2015187805A2 (en) 2014-06-03 2015-12-10 Amgen Inc. Systems and methods for supporting patient use of a drug delivery device
US10323088B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2019-06-18 Intrinsic Lifesciences Llc Humanized anti-hepcidin antibodies and uses thereof
AU2015332557A1 (en) 2014-10-14 2017-03-02 Amgen Inc. Drug injection device with visual and audio indicators
JP2017538511A (en) 2014-12-19 2017-12-28 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Proximity sensor with a drug delivery device
WO2016100055A1 (en) 2014-12-19 2016-06-23 Amgen Inc. Drug delivery device with live button or user interface field
WO2017039786A1 (en) 2015-09-02 2017-03-09 Amgen Inc. Syringe assembly adapter for a syringe
WO2017100501A1 (en) 2015-12-09 2017-06-15 Amgen Inc. Auto-injector with signaling cap
WO2017120178A1 (en) 2016-01-06 2017-07-13 Amgen Inc. Auto-injector with signaling electronics
US20190050375A1 (en) 2016-03-15 2019-02-14 Amgen Inc. Reducing probability of glass breakage in drug delivery devices
US20190192766A1 (en) 2016-04-29 2019-06-27 Amgen Inc. Drug Delivery Device with Messaging Label
US20190151544A1 (en) 2016-05-02 2019-05-23 Amgen Inc. Syringe adapter and guide for filling an on-body injector
MX2018013616A (en) 2016-05-13 2019-02-21 Amgen Inc Vial sleeve assembly.
EP3458988A1 (en) 2016-05-16 2019-03-27 Amgen Inc. Data encryption in medical devices with limited computational capability
EP3465124A1 (en) 2016-06-03 2019-04-10 Amgen Inc. Impact testing apparatuses and methods for drug delivery devices
US20190167908A1 (en) 2016-07-01 2019-06-06 Amgen Inc. Drug delivery device having minimized risk of component fracture upon impact events
WO2018034784A1 (en) 2016-08-17 2018-02-22 Amgen Inc. Drug delivery device with placement detection
WO2018081234A1 (en) 2016-10-25 2018-05-03 Amgen Inc. On-body injector
WO2018136398A1 (en) 2017-01-17 2018-07-26 Amgen Inc. Injection devices and related methods of use and assembly
WO2018151890A1 (en) 2017-02-17 2018-08-23 Amgen Inc. Drug delivery device with sterile fluid flowpath and related method of assembly
WO2018152073A1 (en) 2017-02-17 2018-08-23 Amgen Inc. Insertion mechanism for drug delivery device
WO2018165143A1 (en) 2017-03-06 2018-09-13 Amgen Inc. Drug delivery device with activation prevention feature
WO2018164829A1 (en) 2017-03-07 2018-09-13 Amgen Inc. Needle insertion by overpressure
WO2018165499A1 (en) 2017-03-09 2018-09-13 Amgen Inc. Insertion mechanism for drug delivery device
WO2018172219A1 (en) 2017-03-20 2018-09-27 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Method for in vitro glycoengineering of an erythropoiesis stimulating protein
WO2018183039A1 (en) 2017-03-28 2018-10-04 Amgen Inc. Plunger rod and syringe assembly system and method
WO2018226515A1 (en) 2017-06-08 2018-12-13 Amgen Inc. Syringe assembly for a drug delivery device and method of assembly
WO2018226565A1 (en) 2017-06-08 2018-12-13 Amgen Inc. Torque driven drug delivery device
WO2018236619A1 (en) 2017-06-22 2018-12-27 Amgen Inc. Device activation impact/shock reduction
WO2018237225A1 (en) 2017-06-23 2018-12-27 Amgen Inc. Electronic drug delivery device comprising a cap activated by a switch assembly
WO2019014014A1 (en) 2017-07-14 2019-01-17 Amgen Inc. Needle insertion-retraction system having dual torsion spring system
WO2019032482A2 (en) 2017-08-09 2019-02-14 Amgen Inc. Hydraulic-pneumatic pressurized chamber drug delivery system
US20190060562A1 (en) 2017-08-22 2019-02-28 Amgen Inc. Needle insertion mechanism for drug delivery device
WO2019070472A1 (en) 2017-10-04 2019-04-11 Amgen Inc. Flow adapter for drug delivery device
WO2019070552A1 (en) 2017-10-06 2019-04-11 Amgen Inc. Drug delivery device with interlock assembly and related method of assembly
WO2019074579A1 (en) 2017-10-09 2019-04-18 Amgen Inc. Drug delivery device with drive assembly and related method of assembly
WO2019090086A1 (en) 2017-11-03 2019-05-09 Amgen Inc. Systems and approaches for sterilizing a drug delivery device
WO2019090303A1 (en) 2017-11-06 2019-05-09 Amgen Inc. Fill-finish assemblies and related methods
WO2019089178A1 (en) 2017-11-06 2019-05-09 Amgen Inc. Drug delivery device with placement and flow sensing
WO2019094138A1 (en) 2017-11-10 2019-05-16 Amgen Inc. Plungers for drug delivery devices
WO2019099322A1 (en) 2017-11-16 2019-05-23 Amgen Inc. Autoinjector with stall and end point detection
WO2019099324A1 (en) 2017-11-16 2019-05-23 Amgen Inc. Door latch mechanism for drug delivery device

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002046238A2 (en) * 2000-12-05 2002-06-13 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rationally designed antibodies

Family Cites Families (90)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3773919A (en) 1969-10-23 1973-11-20 Du Pont Polylactide-drug mixtures
US4309989A (en) 1976-02-09 1982-01-12 The Curators Of The University Of Missouri Topical application of medication by ultrasound with coupling agent
FR2374910B1 (en) 1976-10-23 1981-07-10 Choay Sa
US4399216A (en) 1980-02-25 1983-08-16 The Trustees Of Columbia University Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials
US4634665A (en) 1980-02-25 1987-01-06 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials
US5179017A (en) 1980-02-25 1993-01-12 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials
US4656134A (en) 1982-01-11 1987-04-07 Board Of Trustees Of Leland Stanford Jr. University Gene amplification in eukaryotic cells
US5149636A (en) 1982-03-15 1992-09-22 Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Method for introducing cloned, amplifiable genes into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous products
US5169762A (en) 1983-03-03 1992-12-08 Genentech, Inc. Human nerve growth factor by recombinant technology
US5168062A (en) 1985-01-30 1992-12-01 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Transfer vectors and microorganisms containing human cytomegalovirus immediate-early promoter-regulatory DNA sequence
SE448277B (en) 1985-04-12 1987-02-09 Draco Ab Display device at a dosing device for lekemedel
US4740587A (en) 1985-07-18 1988-04-26 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Inhibin and method of purifying same
US4721672A (en) 1985-08-28 1988-01-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College CDNA and gene for human angiogenin (angiogenesis factor) and methods of expression
US4870163A (en) 1985-08-29 1989-09-26 New York Blood Center, Inc. Preparation of pure human tumor necrosis factor and hybridomas producing monoclonal antibodies to human tumor necrosis factor
GB8601597D0 (en) 1986-01-23 1986-02-26 Wilson R H Nucleotide sequences
US4737578A (en) 1986-02-10 1988-04-12 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Human inhibin
SE453566B (en) 1986-03-07 1988-02-15 Draco Ab Device in powder inhalators
US4767402A (en) 1986-07-08 1988-08-30 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Ultrasound enhancement of transdermal drug delivery
KR950009089B1 (en) 1986-08-18 1995-08-14 샘 제이. 밀스타인 Delivery systems for pharmaceutical agents
DE3631229A1 (en) 1986-09-13 1988-03-24 Basf Ag Monoclonal antibodies against human necrosis factor (TNF) and their use
EP0832981A1 (en) 1987-02-17 1998-04-01 Pharming B.V. DNA sequences to target proteins to the mammary gland for efficient secretion
DE3888224T2 (en) 1987-04-24 1994-07-21 Teijin Ltd Determination of tumor necrosis factor; monoclonal antibodies and composition.
US4873316A (en) 1987-06-23 1989-10-10 Biogen, Inc. Isolation of exogenous recombinant proteins from the milk of transgenic mammals
US4946778A (en) 1987-09-21 1990-08-07 Genex Corporation Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
US4956288A (en) 1988-04-22 1990-09-11 Biogen, Inc. Method for producing cells containing stably integrated foreign DNA at a high copy number, the cells produced by this method, and the use of these cells to produce the polypeptides coded for by the foreign DNA
US5231166A (en) 1988-10-25 1993-07-27 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Endothelin
US5116964A (en) 1989-02-23 1992-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Hybrid immunoglobulins
US5225538A (en) 1989-02-23 1993-07-06 Genentech, Inc. Lymphocyte homing receptor/immunoglobulin fusion proteins
US5266491A (en) 1989-03-14 1993-11-30 Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. DNA fragment and expression plasmid containing the DNA fragment
DE10399036I1 (en) 1989-08-07 2004-04-01 Peptide Technology Ltd Bindeligande for tumor necrosis factor.
US5580575A (en) 1989-12-22 1996-12-03 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Therapeutic drug delivery systems
US5210026A (en) 1990-08-20 1993-05-11 American Cyanamid Company Human mk gene and method of expression
GB9022648D0 (en) 1990-10-18 1990-11-28 Charing Cross Sunley Research Polypeptide and its use
US5268465A (en) 1991-01-18 1993-12-07 The Johns Hopkins University Purification and molecular cloning of nitric oxide synthase
US5404871A (en) 1991-03-05 1995-04-11 Aradigm Delivery of aerosol medications for inspiration
CA2106079C (en) 1991-03-15 2000-04-25 Robert C. Thompson Pegylation of polypeptides
US5834229A (en) 1991-05-24 1998-11-10 Genentech, Inc. Nucleic acids vectors and host cells encoding and expressing heregulin 2-α
IL101943D0 (en) 1991-05-24 1992-12-30 Genentech Inc Structure,production and use of heregulin
US6482919B2 (en) * 1993-02-01 2002-11-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Expression vectors encoding bispecific fusion proteins and methods of producing biologically active bispecific fusion proteins in a mammalian cell
DK0592540T3 (en) 1991-07-02 2000-06-26 Inhale Inc Method and device for delivering aerosolized medications
US5976835A (en) 1992-03-19 1999-11-02 The Rockefeller University Nucleic acids encoding receptor recognition factor Stat1α and Stat1β, and methods of use thereof
US5447851B1 (en) 1992-04-02 1999-07-06 Univ Texas System Board Of Dna encoding a chimeric polypeptide comprising the extracellular domain of tnf receptor fused to igg vectors and host cells
US5315000A (en) 1992-05-14 1994-05-24 Children's Hospital Medical Center Gene encoding for a L5/3 growth factor and its CDNA
WO1994006498A1 (en) 1992-09-23 1994-03-31 Fisons Plc Inhalation device
DE69322789D1 (en) 1992-10-19 1999-02-04 Dura Pharma Inc dry powder inhaler
US5643252A (en) 1992-10-28 1997-07-01 Venisect, Inc. Laser perforator
US6143289A (en) 1992-12-09 2000-11-07 Indiana University Foundation Compositions of myeloid-cell-suppressive chemokines
US5849695A (en) 1993-01-13 1998-12-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Parathyroid hormone analogues useful for treatment of osteoporosis and disorders of calcium meatabolism in mammals
AT172933T (en) 1993-01-19 1998-11-15 Glaxo Group Ltd Aerosol dispenser and method for its preparation
US5637481A (en) * 1993-02-01 1997-06-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Expression vectors encoding bispecific fusion proteins and methods of producing biologically active bispecific fusion proteins in a mammalian cell
CA2155728C (en) 1993-02-12 2000-04-25 Gerald R. Crabtree Regulated transcription of targeted genes and other biological events
US6190655B1 (en) 1993-12-03 2001-02-20 Immunex Corporation Methods of using Flt-3 ligand for exogenous gene transfer
US5514670A (en) 1993-08-13 1996-05-07 Pharmos Corporation Submicron emulsions for delivery of peptides
US5773569A (en) 1993-11-19 1998-06-30 Affymax Technologies N.V. Compounds and peptides that bind to the erythropoietin receptor
US5981478A (en) 1993-11-24 1999-11-09 La Jolla Cancer Research Foundation Integrin-binding peptides
US5827690A (en) 1993-12-20 1998-10-27 Genzyme Transgenics Corporatiion Transgenic production of antibodies in milk
US5786331A (en) 1994-02-02 1998-07-28 Affymax Technologies N.V. Peptides and compounds that bind to the IL-1 receptor
US5880096A (en) 1994-02-02 1999-03-09 Affymax Technologies N.V. Peptides and compounds that bind to the IL-1 receptor
US5608035A (en) * 1994-02-02 1997-03-04 Affymax Technologies N.V. Peptides and compounds that bind to the IL-1 receptor
US6174995B1 (en) 1994-08-23 2001-01-16 Haodong Li Human chemokines, CKβ4 and CKβ10/MCP-4
US5767247A (en) 1994-11-11 1998-06-16 Noboru Kaneko Anti-annexin-V monoclonal antibodies, and preparation and use thereof
US5767078A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-06-16 Johnson; Dana L. Agonist peptide dimers
US5814599A (en) 1995-08-04 1998-09-29 Massachusetts Insitiute Of Technology Transdermal delivery of encapsulated drugs
US5817750A (en) 1995-08-28 1998-10-06 La Jolla Cancer Research Foundation Structural mimics of RGD-binding sites
US6284535B1 (en) 1995-09-07 2001-09-04 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Splice variants of the heregulin gene, nARIA and uses thereof
US5730723A (en) 1995-10-10 1998-03-24 Visionary Medical Products Corporation, Inc. Gas pressured needle-less injection device and method
GB9526100D0 (en) 1995-12-20 1996-02-21 Intersurgical Ltd Nebulizer
TR199801265T2 (en) 1996-01-03 1998-10-21 Glaxo Group Limited Inhalation device.
US5700774A (en) 1996-03-26 1997-12-23 Genetics Institute, Inc. Compositions comprising bone morphogenic proteins and truncated parathyroid hormone related peptide, and methods of inducing cartilage by administration of same
IL118003D0 (en) 1996-04-23 1996-08-04 Yeda Res & Dev Novel vip fragments and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them
US6271347B1 (en) 1996-04-26 2001-08-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Eosinophil eotaxin receptor
DE69737229D1 (en) 1996-06-07 2007-02-22 Takeda Pharmaceutical Peptide with cortistatin- or somatostatin activity, process for its preparation and uses thereof
ES2182088T3 (en) 1996-06-10 2003-03-01 Sucampo Ag Endothelin antagonist.
US6126939A (en) 1996-09-03 2000-10-03 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Anti-inflammatory dipeptide and pharmaceutical composition thereof
JP2002514179A (en) 1996-09-04 2002-05-14 ワーナー―ランバート・コンパニー Biphenyl butyric acid and its derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases
US6030780A (en) 1996-10-15 2000-02-29 The Rockefeller University Purified Stat proteins and methods of purifying thereof
CN1268639C (en) 1996-11-15 2006-08-09 基因技术股份有限公司 Purification of neurotrophins
AT318515T (en) 1996-11-19 2006-03-15 Univ Georgetown Method for the inhibition of heregulin and its receptor as well as use in inhibiting cancer cells
US5948892A (en) 1996-12-16 1999-09-07 Amgen Inc. Analogs of macrophage stimulating protein
US5879681A (en) 1997-02-07 1999-03-09 Emisphere Technolgies Inc. Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents
US6136558A (en) 1997-02-10 2000-10-24 Genentech, Inc. Heregulin variants
US5921447A (en) 1997-02-13 1999-07-13 Glaxo Wellcome Inc. Flow-through metered aerosol dispensing apparatus and method of use thereof
IT1292017B1 (en) 1997-05-28 1999-01-25 Dompe Spa Pharmaceutical compositions containing the Macrophage Stimulating Protein for the treatment of diseases of the nervous system
IL120943A (en) 1997-05-29 2004-03-28 Univ Ben Gurion Transdermal delivery system
US6265535B1 (en) 1997-05-30 2001-07-24 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Peptides and peptide analogues designed from binding sites of tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily and their uses
AR016551A1 (en) 1997-07-30 2001-07-25 Smithkline Beecham Corp 2-oxindole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions comprising them and the use thereof for the manufacture of medicaments
US6180084B1 (en) * 1998-08-25 2001-01-30 The Burnham Institute NGR receptor and methods of identifying tumor homing molecules that home to angiogenic vasculature using same
US6660843B1 (en) * 1998-10-23 2003-12-09 Amgen Inc. Modified peptides as therapeutic agents
IL155812D0 (en) * 2000-12-07 2003-12-23 Lilly Co Eli Glp-1 fusion proteins
WO2003084477A2 (en) * 2002-03-29 2003-10-16 Centocor, Inc. Mammalian cdr mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002046238A2 (en) * 2000-12-05 2002-06-13 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rationally designed antibodies

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Hayden MS et al, 1997, Current Opinin in Immunology, Vol. 9, pages 201-212 *
Hayden MS et al, Therapeutic Immunology, Blackwell Scientific Publ London, GB, Vol. 1, No. 1, January 1994, pages 3-15 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1545608A4 (en) 2006-09-13
AU2003280130A1 (en) 2004-01-19
CN1735433A (en) 2006-02-15
WO2004002417A3 (en) 2004-11-04
JP2006504406A (en) 2006-02-09
CA2490409A1 (en) 2004-01-08
EP1545608A2 (en) 2005-06-29
WO2004002417A2 (en) 2004-01-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN102924596B (en) Anti-il-6 antibody compositions, methods and applications
CN102775493B (en) IL-1β binding antibodies and fragments
EP1309693B1 (en) Anti-dual integrin antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
ES2709335T3 (en) Anti-TNF antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
EP2308888A1 (en) Anti-IL-6 antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
JP6124267B2 (en) Scaffold compositions based on fibronectin type 3 domain, methods and uses
EP1309692B1 (en) Anti-il-12 antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
AU2004239288B2 (en) IL-23p40 specific immunoglobulin derived proteins, compositions, methods and uses
RU2562700C2 (en) Compositions, methods of producing and using fibronectin type iii domain based scaffold
US20030026806A1 (en) Antibodies and other selective IL-1 binding agents that allow binding to IL-1 receptor but not activation thereof
KR101210395B1 (en) Human anti-il-23 antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US7820169B2 (en) Anti-TNF antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US20030017150A1 (en) Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease-related immunglobulin derived proteins, compositions, methods and uses
KR101201339B1 (en) Human epo mimetic hinge core mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses
CN101252951B (en) Anti-il-23 antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US20040023337A1 (en) IL-13 mutein proteins, antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
CN101415439A (en) Glp-1 agonists, compositions, methods and uses
US20030157105A1 (en) Anti-p40 immunglobulin derived proteins, compositions, methods and uses
KR20050033563A (en) Mammalian epo mimetic ch1 deleted mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US20070135338A1 (en) Human GLP-1 mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses
EP2362879B1 (en) Anti-tnf-alpha fibronectin type iii domain based scaffold compositions, methods and uses
US20040120956A1 (en) CNGH0004 polypeptides, antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US20050129695A1 (en) Anti-amyloid antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US20060246075A1 (en) Anti-amyloid antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
WO2003084477A2 (en) Mammalian cdr mimetibodies, compositions, methods and uses

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
FGA Letters patent sealed or granted (standard patent)
MK14 Patent ceased section 143(a) (annual fees not paid) or expired